THE COS­MOGRAPHI­cal Glasse, conteinyng the pleasant Principles of Cosmographie, Geogra­phie, Hydrographie, or Nauigation. Compiled by VVilliam Cuningham Doctor in Physicke.

Excussum Londini in officina Ioan. Daij Typographi. Anno. 1559.

In this Glasse if you will beholde
The Sterry Skie, and Yearth so wide,
The Seas also, with windes so colde,
Yea and thy selfe all these to guide:
What this Type meane first learne a right,
So shall the gayne thy trauaill quight.

DROICT ET LOYAL

TO THE RIGHT HONORA­ble the Lorde Robert Duddeley, of the mooste noble Order of the Garter Knight, Maister of the Horse, to the Quenes moost excellente Maiestye: and his singuler good Lorde, and Maister. &c.

DAEDALVS THAT EX­cellent Geometrician (right ho­norable) whanas with the eyes of knowledge, he did beholde that horrible Mōster Ignorāce, he therwith praesently concei­ued suche intollarable griefe, that he daily sought occasion e­ther how to banish hir his prae­sence and companye: or els by what meanes to escape, oute of her lothsome Labyrinthe. At lengthe, perceiuinge she coulde not be banished, he praepared winges (throughe Science aide) and so did flye oute of hir mooste fil­thy Prison: according to the pleasant Poëte.

Daedalus fabrifactis alis Coelum ipsum adiuit.
He made him winges wher with to flie:
Ascending to the Sterrye Skie.

Yea this Monster haue in all ages bene accompted so deformed and Vile, that those whose companye she frequented, were reputed not in the numbre of reasonable Creatures: but of brute beastes. For what doth man differ from a beast in nature, if he (leauing reasons rule) fo­lowe his sensuall appetite as they do? Or wherein dothe he so neare approche vnto God in likenesse: as by Science, and Knowledge? for this thing is proper to God only, to know all thinges: and vnto beast to be in all things ignorant, except in such as ther senses and custome teach them. VVhich hathe ingendred such immortall hate towardes this lothsome wight, least man should lose his name and dignity, that he inuented all Artes, sought out all Secretes, and laboured throughe curiouse workes, to bring her into perpetuall exile. But nowe in these daies, lest she should returne againe (admonished by these examples) I though one of leaste strengthe and force, yet not of least good will, haue deuised this mirrour, or Cosmographical Glasse. In which, mē may behold not one or two personages, but the heauens with herpla­nets and starres, th▪Earthe with her beautifull Regions, and the Seas with her merueilous increse. So that she shal not (if men be diligent) creape into anye of these places, withoute espyeng. Yet considering [Page] with my self, howe that Ignoraunce hath left no small number of her frendes among vs, which seke to deface both science and her seruants, I haue no other refuge to kepe this my Glasse from perishing, then to be an humble suter vnto your honoure (which doth not only fauour Science, but also haue geuen her within your breast a reastinge place) that it may come forth vnder your noble protection: and be defended as Teucer was vnder the shield of mighty Aiax, against two sortes of men especially. Of which, th'one will dispraise and despise such thin­ges as they neuer red, and are vtterly ignorante in. The other sorte will of mere arrogācy il report al mens trauailes, how exacte and per­fite so euer they be, they them selues (like Dracns) remaininge with­oute profite. As for the learned, wise, and modest, I am sure will not rashly geue sentence: but if faultes escape, eyther frendly admonishe: or els with penne spedely amende it▪ vnto whiche sute I am the more bouldened, remembring as well your excellent vertues, and giftes of nature, whiche for feare of suspicion of flatterye I ouerpasse, as to all men euident: as also your Lordshippes incoragement of me to know­ledge, bothe in wordes and moost liberall rewardes. VVherefore, if it shall please your honore to take this simple worke into your tuiti­on, and be Patrone vnto it: I shall be bouldened (God grauntinge life) to presente you also wyth other of my laboures, the Titles of whiche foloweth.

  • 1 An Apologie Lib. ij.
  • 2 A new Quadrat, of no man euer published. Lib. ij.
  • 3 The Astronomicall Ring. Lib ij
  • 4 Organographia. Lib. iij
  • 5 Gazophilacion Astronomicum. Lib. xvj
  • 6 Chronographia. Lib. xij
  • 7 Comentaries in Hippocrates de Aëre, Aquis, & Re­gionibus. Lib. iij

VVith diuers others, whose names I omit for sondry causes. Thus I leaue at this presente, to trouble your honor with my rude Letters, prayeng God to graunt you long life, continuall helth, increase of ho­nor: and after this life, a place of Ioy, and comfort.

Your Lordshippes moost humble Seruaunt, VV. Cuningham Physition.

Gilberti Barcklei Grimbiens. sacrae Theologiae Profess. in Speculum Cosmographicum [...].

Machina conspicui variis pulcherrima mundi
Digna modis homini cognitione venit.
Mira Creatoris patet hinc Sapientia, Virtus,
Et Bonitas, cui sit semper habendus honos.
Quod grauis Aegyptus, quod Athenis Graecia rerum,
Quod docuit Musis aemula Roma suis:
Hoccè Cuninghamus studijs Gulielmus acutis
Anglus in hoc libro Nordouicensis agit.

Thomae Langlei Cantabrigiensis ad Lectorem Carmen.

Si totam toto diuisus ab orbe Britannus
Noscere Tellurem, si Mare percupiat,
Climata, quinquè Plagas, Circlos, positusque Locorum,
Sydereos cursus, Tropica Signa, Polos,
Quaequè Dies tenebris aequant, quae tempora mutant,
Lumine cur Phoebus, Lunaquè deficiant,
Gadibus occiduis ater quàm dissidet Indus,
Et quantum distent à Scythe, Maurus, Arabs,
Spacia metiri, terras describere, & vrbes
Praestantes charta pingere in exigua,
Nomina ventorum, Classes maria omnia circum
Ducere, & ad portum quamquè, referre suum,
Qui quibus [...], quiqùe [...],
Vmbras qui varient: haec docet iste liber.
En Strabo, Sollinus, Plinius, Mela, & Ptolomaeus,
Libris ac tabulis quae docuere suis,
Vnus cuncta tibi monstrat liber iste legenti:
Aere potes paruo, discere multa breui.
Haec Cuninghamus sparsim diffusa coëgit
Sedulus instar apis, quò tibi prosit Opus.
Effecit & primus, vt [...] nostras
Effingat voces: Momus hic esse caue.

Dystichon eiusdem.

Hic mundi tractus, terras, Mare, Sidera, Ventos,
Vmbras, atquè situs, spacia quanta, scies.

Authoris [...].

Vis Terrae Tractus? Pelagi vis noscere fluxus?
Hoc tibi descripsi (candide lector) opus.
[portrait]

THE PRAEFACE OF THE Author, setting out the dignitie, and Am­ple vse of Cosmographie.

IF EVER THERE wer Art for all mēs vse inuen­ted, Science set forth wherein consisteth Sapience, or Trea­sure worthy to be had in esti­mation: no doughte (louynge Reader) either Cosmographie is the same, or els it is not to be founde vppon th'Earth. For if we do well consider with oure selues what her office is, there is no man I suppose, so meane witted, but will confesse her ample vse, nor yet so simply learned but must acknowledge her manifold benefites. And if I shall begin with the defence of our Coūtry, which ought to be more praecious, thē Pa­rentes wife Children or Consanguinitie, Cosmographie herein do so much profite, that without it both valeaunt Corage, Policy and Pui­saunce oftentimes can take no place. For by her we are taught whi­che way to conduct most safely our ooste, where to pitch oure tentes, where to winter: yea, and where most aptlye to encounter with them in the fielde. VVhich thing Alexander the mighty Conqueroure vn­derstanding, accustomed to haue the Mappe and Carte of the Coun­try, by his Cosmographers set out, with which he would warre. Com­maunding it also to be hanged in open markets for all men to behold, wherby the Capitaines did for see, and seke out where was the easiest places to arriue, and the Souldiors allured with the commodities of the Countries, were made the willinger to the thinge. This was it which got him so many victories, and made him so great à Cōqueror. This was it which obteined the Romanes their fame, more then ther force and strength. This hathe bene to all men profitable, and iniuri­ous to no man. On the contrarye parte, what domage, yea vtter sub­uertion hathe folowed to moste noble Princes, and valeaunte Capi­taines throughe Ignorance of this Art, histories full well can testify. [Page] And that amonge manye, I maye resight one Example, was not the mightye pertian King Cyrus (who had brought Babilon, and all the East partes in subiection) vanquished withall his armye of Tomyris the Scythiā Quene, at the Riuer Oaxis, as he shuld haue passed ouer? what shall I speake of Agamemnons armye in the Troian warres: of the Persians, against the Leonidians: or of Crassus, against the Par­theans: whiche ware them selues destroyed, or made captiue, theyr wiues children and family spoyled, and theyr country most ruinously subuerted, for want of Cosmographie. Also, as touching the study of diuinitie, it is so requisite, and neadfull, that you shall not vnderstād any boke, ether of th' old law or Prophets (yea I had almost said, any part of à booke, or Chapter of the same) being in this Art ignoraunt. For what numbre of places, Ilands, Regions, Cities, Townes, Moun­tains, Seas, Riuers, and such like, is ther to be found in euery Booke? How often doth father Moses in his. v. bookes, make mention of Ba­bilon, Sinehar, Armenia (in whose hilles, Noë his Arke stayed after the vniuersal deludge) Assur, Charan, Caphdorim or Caldaea, Aegipt called of the Hebrues Mizraim, Syria (deuided into thre parts, Me­sopotamia, Arabia, and Aethiopia,) with infinite like places, whiche without Cosmographie can nether be rightly vnderstand, or yet tru­lye expounded? VVhat contention, and strife, haue ther spronge in all ages amonge th' Interpreters of the scriptures, touching the situatiō of Paradice: their owne workes moste euidentlye beare witnesse. All they agree in this poynt, that it is à place of ioy, reast, and abounding in all kinde of pleasures, but yet as touchinge the situation, some vn­derstand it spiritually: some imagin it ether in heauen or in the harts of the quiet and faithfull: other affirme it à place in th'Earth at this praesent yet remaining, but is so kepte with Angels that no man maye come to it: some say it is in th' East part of the worlde, aboue the mid­dle reagion of th' Aëre, and so is free from the violence of all windes. Other suppose it to be in the burning Zone, vnder th' Equinoctiall: So that not two in this poynt do accord. But yet of all the rest, ther o­pinions semeth most fond, whiche place it in the middle region of the Aëre, and also those, that vnderstand it spiritually, for that the scrip­ture affirmeth it to be in th' Earth, and the. iiij famous floudes (Eu­phrates, Hidekel nowe called Tigris, Gihon, which many interprete Nilus, and Phison at this daye named Ganges (to come from thence. [Page] These thinges I bring in only as example, to proue the necessarye vse of it in deuinitie, and not to dispute ether of Paradise or his situatiō, seing it belongeth not to my profession, and office. Moreouer mannes helth (withoute whiche Honour, Fame, Richesse, Frendes, and Life it selfe, semeth bothe troublous, and noysome) can not be conserued in perfite estate, or once lost be recouered and restored without Cosmo­graphie. For howe greatlye herein it profiteth, to consider the tempe­rature of Regions, Cities, and Townes, in what Zone, & vnder what Clymate and Parallele they are situated: Hippocrates dothe plainlye set out. Yea it might seme superfluous, to show how bothe he & Gale­nus, commaunded ther pacients to remoue from one place, to an other (especiallye in longe sickenesse) because of th' alteration of th' Aëre. VVhat it auaileth also, to know the natures of waters, the quality & pertition of windes, the maners & complexions of th' inhabitantes all Physicions right well do vnderstand. And to cōclude, in th' election of simples, as stones, treis, rotes, herbes, gummes, earthes, metals, beasts, foules, & fishes, what lighte springeth by consideringe the countrye from whence they are brought: I suppose no man of that profession, is ignorant. In the making, & ordaining lawes, for brideling mans fro­ward appetide, Cosmographie is not vnfrutfull. For she setteth out the natures of all people, the lawes and statutes by which they are gouer­ned, & the sequele of euery decre established. Grammarians also, can not fullye vnderstande the pleasaunt inuention & perfite sence of the witty Poëtes, but by Cosmographies aide, because of the names of Re­gions, Cities, Townes, waters, fluddes, mountaines, ceremonies, people and monsters, which euery Poet do commenlye introduce, in all theyr writinges. I omit for breuitie, th' incredible benefits, whiche springe by reading of Histories: the beautye, & ornature of which, consisteth in the description of countreis, names of people, & nature of th' inha­bitants: whiche remaine as vnknowne of th' inexperte of Cosmogra­ghie. Moreouer, the famous marchaunts, haue by it not onlye inriched them selues, but also their country: fineding out suche commodities, as without it shuld remaine, as not knowne. Yea & that is daily more & more perceiued, for what countrie, or Iland, is not in oure age sear­ched out? what shall I herein speake of Vesputius Americus, who (by his knowledge in Cosmographie) found out America, the .iiij. parte of the world, (vnknowne in all ages before our time) to the great bene­fites [Page] of all Europe. I may seme to vtter that all men know, in making rehersall of th' Indians, Calicute, Ginea, the. v. Ilandes Moluccae, also Porne, Sololi, & infinite other, which are the frutes of Cosmographie in this our age. Mariners & trauailers on the seas (without which no realme can long stand, or mans life be sustaind) are bound to acknow­ledge Cosmographies benefites. For it setteth forthe there portes, it sheweth ther course, it declareth th' ordre of windes, it warneth them of rockes, shaloues, sandes, & infinite like dangers. In trauailing by land, her tables poynteth which way to folow, that thy iornay may be spedier, safe, short, & plesant, wher you shall ascend vp to hilles, wher to passe ouer waters, where to walke through woodes, and wher most aptly to remaine at night. If al these were not (as it serueth to infinite vses more then time will permit to repete,) yet this one were sufficiēt to kepe it in honor, that by it, in so small à lumpe, or piece of clay, be­holding such strange formes of men, beastes, foules, and fishes: such di­uersitie of times, such burning hilles, such merueilous stones, metalles & plants, we are inforced to confesse th' omnipotency, and wonderous worke of God. This is it, that prouoked Dioscorides to leaue cities, & townes, & trauail into deserts, & wods, to serch the nature of herbes This caused Atlas, Ptolomaeus, & Alfonce, to be so diligēt in setting out the heauens course, & forme of this earthly mansion. The vtilitye of this, alured Orpheus, Solon, Democritus, Pythagoras, Eudoxus, Plato, Hipparchus, Polybius, Strabo, & an hundreth more of the auncient Philosophers, to leaue their country, frends & acquaintāce, not doubting perel of the seas, dāgers of enemies, losse of substāce, we­rines of body: or anguish of mind. Yea the sweatnes therof was so great that Strabo after his trauails said, that if any arte were requisite for à Philosopher: it was Cosmographie. And Homer called Vlisses the wi sest among the Graecians, because he knew the natures of people, and the diuersitie of nations: Adding, that his eloquence, prudence, forti­tude, constancye, & other like vertues (mete for à man) insued of hys perigrinations, & trauails, which remaining at home, he shuld neuer haue learned by any preceptes, discipline, or teacher. But seing diuers in oure age are desirous of knowledge no lesse then the Philosophers were, & yet can not trauaile for the discorde of nations, the sondrye sectes of people, and diuers other impedimentes, our refuge is, to saye with Propertius.

[Page]Cogor et è Tabula, pictos ediscere Mundos.
In Tables set out, Countries to decerne
Constrained am I, and eke for to learne.

In which, I had almoste (through making ouer much hast) forgot­ten to resight the benefits we receiue of Cosmographie: in that she de­liuereth vs from greate and continuall trauailes. For in à pleasaunte house, or warme study, she sheweth vs the hole face of all th' Earthe, withal the corners of the same. And from this perigrination, thy wife with sheadinge salte teares, thy children with lamentations, nor thy frendes with wordes shal dehort & perswade the. In trauailing, thou shalt not be molested with the inclemencye of th' Aere, boysterous windes, stormy shoures, haile, Ise, & snow. Comming to thy lodginge, thou shalt not haue à churlish & vnknowne hoste, which shall myni­ster meate twise sodden, stinking fish, or watered wine. Going to rest, thou shalt not feare lowsy beddes, or filthy sheates. In Somer, the sōne with his fierye beames, shall not vexe thee: nor yet in winter, stormye Saturnus shal make thy beard frosen. In sayling, thou shalt not dread Pirates, feare Peries and greate windes, or haue à sicke stomacke through vnholsome smelles. Therfore these things considered, who is not incoraged to acheue suche an interprice, as shall redounde to his countries fame, & his perpetuall memorye? what wise man dothe not delite to reade such thinges, as Emperoures, Kinges & Princes haue painfully trauailed in, esteming ther labours plentuouslye rewarded, with the frute of this Art? But least these my wordes, should stirre vp the greadye appetides of diuers to this knowledge, & then to wante herein that mighte satisfie the same, beholde I haue compiled this my Cosmographical glasse. By which, such as are delighted in trauailing as well by land, as water, shal receiue no small comfort (If I be not de­ceiued) & th' other sort, by it may also protract, & set out perticuler cardes for anye countrye, Region, or prouince: or els th' vniuersall face of th' earth in à generall Mappe. Firste if they describe Parallele cir­cles in the Mappe, answeringe to the like circles in the heauens: & by the right or croked Horizont, th' equinoctiall, polary circles, and al­titude of the pole, to limite out the Zones, Climates, & Paralleles of Longitude, and Latitude: which being once praepared, you shall place there in the countries, hilles, fluddes, seas, fortresses, Ilandes, cities, desertes, & such like (according to the praecepts of th' art) as are pla­ced on the platte forme of th' earthe. And that the praeceptes myghte [Page] seme the more facile & plaine, I haue reduced it into the forme of à Dialoge: the names of the personages in dede fained, but yet most apt­ly seruing our institutiō. In which Spoudaeus (repraesenting the Scho ler) maketh doubtes, asketh Questions, obiecteth: yea, & some tyme, digresseth not from the fonde imaginations of the grosse witted. Vn­to which, Philonicus (supplying th'office of à teacher) answereth to to all th'obiections, & giueth praeceptes. VVhat diligēce I haue giuen in time of the Printing, to the correction herof, and also in diuisinge sundry newe Tables, Pictures, demonstrations, & praeceptes: that you may easely iudge by readyng the same worke. Also what charges the Printer hath susteined, that his good will might not be wanting, that shalbe euident conferryng his beautiful Pictures & letters, with suche workes, as herto hath bene published. And thus I leaue the with my Cosmographicall Glasse, requiryng that these my trauayles & la­bours, be not rewarded with ingratitude, or ill reporte. And if for the difficultie of the worke, any errour escape: remember I am the firste that euer in oure tongue haue written of this argument, & therfore am constrained, to finde out the pathe. whiche if it be not at this time made plaine, smothe & pleasaunt: if God graūt life, & leisure, I trust so to treade it againe, that both night and day (walking in the same) thou shalt not misse of the desired Port. Againe fare well, & fauoure me, as I wishe thy furderaunce in knowledge.

THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE Cosmographicall Glasse, conteinyng the necessary Princi­ples required in this Art: and therfore is an Isagoge, or Intro­duction vnto the hole worke.

The Interloquutors▪

  • Philonicus.
  • Spoudaeus.
Spoudaeus.

LATELY CAL­lyng to my remembraunce the Race that euery mā in this his trāsitory life haue to runne: and that faultes committed in this course, for want of time, can scar­slye with great difficultie,Men happiest labour, and diligence, any thing be amended: I was of force compelled, to confesseTime the grea test treasure. those most happy, whiche vse this time (being so great a treasure) as repentaunce maye take no place. And on the other part, those most miserable mē (yea, rather Ima­ges,Men most in­fortunate. and pictures of men, then very men in dede) whiche imploy their busy cure & care, in stealing, Idlenes, vayn pastimes, long sleapes, dronkennes, lasciuious toying, swe ring, scraping and gatheryng of Plutos corne together, as though they had more time, then myght be well spent in the exaltyng of Uertue, supplāting of Uyce, and pro­fiting their Countrie, Frindes, and Consanguinitie. In time past, folowing only nature as Ruler and guide, men did more earnestly, (and as it weare with an insatiate mynde) seke Uertu for hir selfe, and abhorre Uise, for [Page 2] the horrible name therof: thē we do in our daies, hauing both Nature, Gods preceptes, and politiquè lawes, as our Capitaines and lodesmen. VVhiche abuse of time, is the greatest cause, that men in our age, are not compa­rableWhy men in our age, ar not so learned as thei wer in old tyme. in any thyng to those of times past. For how many sondry Artes, secrete Sciences, and wonderfull Ingens, throwgh well spending of tyme, did the auncient Philo­sophers in their dayes inuente? Archimedes deuisyd glasses, with whiche the Siracusians might burne theirThe frute sprī ging of well spent tyme. enemies farre distant, on the seas from them. Ptolo­maeus, Atlas, and Alphonsus (being kinges) founde out the maruelous course and sondry motions, of the su­percelestiall bodies: writyng sondry volumes of them, to the great comfort of such, as ar lyuing at this presente. Appollo, first founde Physicke the repayrer of health. And in lyke maner, some one thing, and some an other, of whose Godly trauelles so many precious monumentes yet remayne: yea and the Authors them selues (being dead so many hundred yeares sence) are as freshe in the minde of mā, as it were but yesterday, such is the reward of vertuouse trauell. But whome do I se walking in yon­der grene place, among the pleasaunt byrdes, flowers, and trees, is it not Philonicus? It is he: I will go and sa­lute him. God the giuer of all sapience and science, saue you (ryght reuerent Philonicus.) I accompte my selfe happy, that I haue founde you: for now my hope is, to be deliuered (although not of all yet) of some of the bondes, and chaynes, of Ignoraunce.

Philonicus.

You are vnfaynedly welcome to me at [Page 3] this present: and lyke as your name is Spoudaeus: so youWhat Spou­daeus signifieth do in no point degenerate frō the same: but are diligēt in seking knowledge, eschewing idlenes, and vain pastimes.

Spoudaeus.

That I learned, taking at you exam­ple: for you euer keping perpetual warre with ignoraūce,The interpre­tation of Phi­lonicus. and vise of euery kinde: (for rewarde wherof vertu also gaue you that name) do vse to reade, and reuolue the tre sure of Sapiēce, I meane, the secrete workes of Nature shut vp, or rather conteyned, in the worthy and auncient writers. And in reading certaine of them, I haue found not only matters of great difficultie: but also (as to me it semeth) of muche vntruthe.

Philonicus.

You must iudge well of their laboures whiche haue before our dayes written: for time bryngethThe olde wry­ters excused. thinges to their perfection. If we without any grounde, should by our vigilancie, fynde out suche misteries, yea and (as I may terme them) hid secretes of Nature: I assure you, we should haue left many more errours to our posteritie, then they haue in their writynges vnto vs. Yea and there are many thinges whiche seme false and vn­true: bycause the grosse capacities, of vnlearned persons, can not redely comprehende the same. But wherof doe those Authours intreate, in whiche you haue so latelye traueled?

Spoudaeus.

They be wryters of Cosmographie, Geographie, Hydrographie, or Nauigation. But be­cause that ether they obserue no order, or Methode in their teaching, ether that they digresse from that they take in hande (and fyll their volumes with other sciēces, [Page 4] rather then Cosmographie.) I haue very lyttle profyted by my trauell.

Philo.

I reioyce that your fortune was to take in hande suche authors. For Cosmographie in my iudge­ment is mete for euery estate, and moste excellent of all other naturall science. Wherfore be you nothing discom­fortid, and amasyd with the difficultie of their wryting. For howe muche the thinge transcende in worthynes o­ther knowledge not so plausible: so muche the more it is companion with dificultie. And where as you alleadge, that the most part of them obserue no Methode, and or­der: in that I will doe my indeuour, (as also in the other, where place shall require) to suplie that wante in that behalfe.

Spoud.

You shall meruailouslye incourage me, and take away the greatest trouble in this my study, if you do not only showe me the knowledge therof in suche order, as I may best conceiue it: but also explicate, and opē such placis, as are obscure and darke for me to vnderstande.

Philo.

Yet before we take in hande this studie, there is one thing, of whiche I must haue knowledge (that is) whether you haue redde any authours of Arithmetick,Arithmetick and Geometry necessary for this art. and Geometry: els you had best reade some of them, and resorte to me againe at some other conuenient season.

Spoud.

Yes sir I haue redde the ground of Artes, The whestone of wytte, and the path way.

Philonicus.

That I am glad to vnderstande: so shal it be the easier for me to instructe you, and you better to conceyue, and also retayne the surer, suche thinges as [Page 5] shalbe taught. For he that wyll couer the roufe of his house, before he haue made the foundation, and buildyd the walles: besyde the losse of his cost, shall be thought scarse a wytty builder. But I wil exhort you as time shal seme mete also to reade with great diligence OrontiusOrontius. Scheubelius. Euclide. Theodosius. Arithmeticke, Scheubelius Algeber, Euclides Elemē ­taries, and Theodosius of spherike Demonstrations: not only for this studies sake whiche you now haue in hande: but for all other artes (whiche taste of the Mathemati­calles) that you shall here after trauell in. But nowe to the scope that you desire. And because that you maye knowe, wherof the matter depende of whiche we shall in­treate, let me here what you call Cosmographie.

Spoud.

That semeth vnto me to be none other thing,What Cosmo­graphie is. then the arte whiche doe set forth, and describe the vni­uersall worlde.

Philo.

You haue sayd rightly, for so the Etymologie of this word Cosmographie doth sound. But is there no dife rence betwixt this worde Cosmographie, and Geogra­phie?

Spoud.

It should so seme to me, for both do describe the worlde.

Philo.

Then define you Geographie, after suche au­thours myndes as you haue redde.

Spoud.

That wyll I doe gladly. Ptolomaeus in his geo­graphieLib. 1. cap. 1. defineth it in this sorte.

[...].What Geo­graphie is.

Whiche sentence I turning into Latyne soundith in this sorte.

‘Geographia est vniuersarum terrae partium cognitarū, vnà cum hiis, quae ei veluti vniuersaliter coniuncta sunt, picturae imitatio.’

[Page 6]

Whiche in our tongue is as muche to saye as.

‘Geographie is the imitation, and discriptiō of the face, and picture of th'earth, with her partes knowen, and of such things as are to it cō ­nected and ioyned.’

Philo.

You haue truly repetyd Ptolomaeus wordes. Now I wyll proue by your difinition, that you haue er­red two wayes, in putting no diference betwixt Cosmo­graphie, and Geographie. First Cosmographie teachethThe diference of Cosmogra­phie and Geo­graphie. the discriptiō of the vniuersal world, and not of th'earth only: and Geographie of th'earth, and of none other part.

Spoud.

Why syr, make you a diference betwixt the worlde, and th'earth?

Philo.

Yea verely, and that as much as betwixt a mā, and his litle finger, but of that, you shal heare more or we departe. The seconde way you erryd in the order of diui­ding th'earth: for albeit Cosmographie describeth the face of th'earth, yet it is by noting and obseruing certaine diuisions, answering vnto. v. principal paralleles or equi­distant circles in the heauens. As they dwell in the mid­des of th'earth that inhabit vnder th'equinoctiall lyne, and the like of the dwellers vnder th'other circles, is said On th'other parte, Geographie doe deliniat, and set out the vniuersal earth, no respect had vnto the fornāed cir­cles of the heauēs: but by Hylles, Moūtayns, Seas, flud­des, and such other notable thinges, as are in it cōteined.

Spoud.

Then by your wordes I also gather, there is some diference betwyxt these two, and Chorographie.

Philo.

Yea and that Ptolomaeus in the place of youWhat Choro­graphie is and howe it dife­reth from the other two. alleadgid, do playnly expresse. For lyke as Cosmographie describeth the worlde, Geographie th'earth: in lyke sorte [Page 7] Chorographie, sheweth the partes of th'earth, diuided in themselues. And seuerally describeth, the portes, Riuers Hauens, Fluddes, Hilles, Moūtaynes, Cities, Villages, Buildinges, Fortresses, Walles, yea and euery particu­ler thing, in that parte conteined. And is in respect saith he, of Cosmographie and Geographie, as if a paīter shuld set forth the eye, or eare of a man, and not the whole bo­dy, so that Chorographie consisteth rather in describyng the qualitie and figure, then the bignes, and quantitie of any thinge.

Spoud.

Although by your wordes, I haue receiued more commoditie at this present, then by all my readyng touching the true diference of these three names: yet if itThinges seene are lenger in mynde, then only harde. may please you to geue me the figures of euery of them, I shall so stedfastly printe it in my mynde, as I truste not to forget them, for it is truly said, thinges sene haue longer impresion then only harde.

Philo.

I wyll gladly fulfill your request. Marke nowe this example folowing. Here first you do see the heauens conteine in them th'earth. Whiche earth is deuided into fiue principall partes, accordinge to the fiue Cir­cles in the heauens: the names of whiche for bre­uitie I omytte vntyll con­uenient place, lest thorowe oftē repeting things thei at length seme tedious. The

¶ This figure repraesent the forme of Cosmographie.

[Page 8] other fygure without circles, representeth th'earth, set forth with Waters, Hylles, Mountaynes, and such like.

This Picture aunswereth vn­to Geographie.

And finally for Chorographie, I haue placed th'excellēt Citie of Norwyche, as the forme of it is, at this present 1558. Nowe that you haue learned their difference, declare in which of thē you most delight to be instructed.

Spoud.

I thanke you syr, I shall neuer be able (more then with praier) to recompence your paynes. But senceCosmographie excelleth Geo­graphie and Chorographie. Cosmographie is more excellent then the other two, both for the manifolde vse, and that it cōteineth and compre­hendeth the other in it selfe: I would imploye my whole industrie herein.

Philo.

Then seing that Cosmographie describeth the worlde as you haue sayde, (and that rightly) it is neces­sary to know what the world is, what the partes of it are,The argumēt of the whole worke. and how many, yea and finally, by what meanes, as well the world, as also the partes of it, ar described. This per­fitly lernyd, haue you then for this present, your whole desire?

Spoud.

Yes verely.

[Page] [Page]

[figure]

[Page]

[figure]
THE DECLARATION OF THE PRINCIPAL places in the Citie, after th'order of th'Alphabete.
A
Thorpe VVoode.
B
S. Leonardes.
C.
The place where men are customablie burnt.
D.
Bishoppes Gate.
E.
The Cathedrall church, called Chri­stes Churche.
F.
S. Martins at the Pallis Gate.
G
Pokethorpe Gates.
H.
The Suburbs called Pokthorpe.
I.
Magdalene gates
K
S. Butholdes.
M
S. Clementes.
N
S. Augustines.
P.
S, Augustines Gates.
Q.
S. Martines Gates.
R.
S Martines at th'Ooke.
S.
The new milles.
T.
Hellgates, the Suburbs ioyning to it, called Heiham.
V
S. Benets Gates.
VV
S. [...]les Gates.
X.
S. Stephens Gates.
Y.
Brasen dore.
Z.
S. Iohns gates.
&.
Lakenam VVoode.
AA
Chappell in the fielde.
BB
Eaten VVoode.
CC
The Castell.
DD
The hospitall.
EE
The market place.
FF
S. Peters permantigate.
GG
S. Martines on the hill.
HH.
S. Iohns on the hill.
II
S. Michaels.
LL
S. Iohns at the gates.
MM
S. Stephens.
NN
Thorpe.
QQ
In the righthand is that part of the ri­uer Yërus coming from Yermouth, and renneth thorow the City.
QQ
The left hand th'other part of the for­said riuer going hier into the coun­trye.

This Picture must be placed before the 9. leafe.

Philonicus.
[Page 9]

Then let vs beginne with the defi­nitionLib. primo in initio. of the worlde, whiche the auncient Cleomedes de­finith in this maner.

[...].What the Worlde is.

And I do translate it into Latine as foloweth.

‘Mundus est ex caelo, terra (que), ac naturis deni (que) in eis compraehensis, compages. Is autem corpora in se singula continet, nec extra eum, prorsus quicquam cernitur.’

‘That is, the world is an apte frame, made of heauen, and earth, & of thinges in them conteyned. This comprehēdeth all thinges in it self, nether is there any thing without the lymites of it visible.’

Whiche definition differith not from Aristotle and o­therAristotle. famous writers. So that what so euer is betwixt the seate of the almighty gouernour of all lyuing creatures, and the center of the earth: is called the worlde. And is compared to à round ball and globe.

Spoudaeus.

Then all that we ether by syght may decerne, or by arte conceiue, that same is the worlde. And conteyneth in it what so euer the eternall Creater, by his wounderfull worke haue in this circuit blessed, and made.

Philonicus.

True it is.

Spoud.

Then I perceiue my error before cōmitted,The Worlde and the earth not one thing. wheare I applied this worde worlde, only to the earth.

Philonicus.

So in lyke sorte it is otherwayes abu­sed, but note you diligently that is saide before of Cleo­medes and it shalbe sufficient.

Spoudaeus.

And is there nothinge beyonde this worlde? my imagination, leadeth me to the contrary.

Philonicus.

Indede Pythagoras folowing ima­gination, more then Reason affirmeth sumwhat to bee,Pythagoras error. whiche is not comprehendid with in the worlde: and na­meth [Page] [...] [Page 9] [...] [Page 10] it Vacuum. But Plato, and Aristotle, doe ouer­throwePlato. Aristotle. this assertion. And seing that it transsendith the knowledge of mā let it passe, & retorne we to our matter.

Spoudaeus.

What be the partes of the worlde?

Philonicus.

The worlde is made of two partes, that is to saye, of the Elementary Region, conteinyng inThe Worlde made of two partes. it the foure Elementes, Fyre, Ayre, Water, and Earth: and what so euer of them is compounded and made, of whiche hereafter we shall intreate: and of the heauenlye region, of which at this present time we wil make mētion.

This Type do represent the world, deuidid in to his two peculiar parts.

This region do in it contayne. x. spheres, in suche sorteThe number of the heauens. as the greater comprehendith in him the lesser, as the. x. heauen or Primum mobile, comprehendith the. ix. hea­uen callid also Cristalline. This heauen compasseth the viij. heauen, called in greke [...] because the sterres kepe one vniforme distance in mouing, and for that cause are namid fixid. And so this receiue in this compasse the sphere of Saturne, Iupiter, Mars, the Sonne, Uenus, [Page 11] Mercurius, the Mone, and the foure Elementes.

Spoud.

Why should not the spheres of the Sonne, andAn obiection Mone be aboue the other Planetes, as wel as in that or­der, you haue rehersed them?

Philo.

This serueth not for our purpose, but it is ex­cellently proued of Ptolomaeus, Alphraganus, Tebi­tius, Archimedes, and other, with suche inuinsible rea­sons as can not be denied. But me thinke the pleasauntPtolomaeus. Alphraganus Tebitius. Archimedes. Poet Ouidius, maketh a good reason to proue the Sonne to haue his sphere, in lyke order as is aforesayde, whan as he speaketh vnder the parson of Phebus, vnto yongeLib. 2. Meta­morphos. Phaëton (entring into his Chariot) in this maner.

Altius egressus, caelestia signa cremabis:
Inferius terras: medio tutissimus ibis.

In our english tunge, the meaning of these versis is thus.

Directe thy Chariot in a meane, clymbe thou not to bye:
Lest thou dost burne the heauēly Signes, set in the sterry skye.
Or descending to lowe th' earth, of heat shall fele the flame.
But kepe the meane, y shalt be fre, frō feare, & eke frō blame
Spoud.

The cause is so manifest, that it nede no len­ger declaration. So that I suppose theis excellēt wryters aforesaid, haue found out the true order of the spheres as you haue repeted them. And that Crates with his com­pany,The error of Crates Albetragnius Democritus and Plato. haue no lesse erred, placing the luminaries aboue the eyght heauen: then Albetragnius whiche supposeth Venus: and Democritus, whiche affirmeth Mercurye, to be higher then the Sonne.

Philo.

Yea and Plato, (whiche otherwyse is a graue Philosopher) did no lesse erre then the other, imagi­ning the luminaries to haue their course vnder all the other Planetes.

Spoud.
[Page 12]

Well let them passe, and now to the nomber of the heauens, whiche you affirme to be. x.

Philoni.

You haue ryghtly spoken.

Spoud.

I remember among other thinges that I haueThe Aegiptiās found out but 8. heauens. redde in Diodorus, howe that the Aegiptians supposed there were but eyght heauens: and that by this perswa­sion. They gaue to the seuen Planetes. vij. heauens. And bycause they perceiued that heauen (whiche you call the firmamēt) to cary the fixed sterres in it, and to kepe one vniforme order and distaunce in rysing, none steed, and going downe: to circuit th' earth also in. 24. houres: and finally, to cary the heauens of the Planetes, by his swift­nes about th' earth with him, contrary to their naturall motion, they supposed (of whose mynde I also am) that there ware but eight heauens. And that, which you call the eight heauen, they name primum mobile.

Philo.

You may not to rashely adicte your selfe to any of their opinions, before you are certaine they are eyther trew, or els receiued as moste probable. For by the lykePtolomaeus found out the 9. heauen. reason, I can compell you to confesse there are. ix. hea­uens, as Ptolomaeus affirmeth. But for shortnes of time, and that it sumwhat swaruith from our purpose, I wyll omytte it: and leane to th' authoritie of the famous king,Alfonsus first founde the. 10 heauen out. and graue Philosopher Alphonsus: whose name by his trauell, is made immortall.

Spoud.

Thus I perceiue your saiynge to be verified (when you excused the olde writers) that tyme, bryng all thinges to their perfection. But I haue redde also of an heauen, whiche in greke is named [...], Empyreū.

Philo.
[Page 13]

It is so named of the wonderful brightnes, and beautie. But because it is imoble, and without any mouīg I exclude it out from the nūber of the mouable heauēs: and that, as not seruing to our purpose. And thus you haue learned what the worlde is, and also the heauenly region. But for the redier conceiuing of that whiche is now spoken, behold the figure insuing.

Spou.

Wil it please you now to procede with th' elemē ­tarye region, which you de­clared to be th' other parte of the world?

[figure]
Philo.

Be­fore we shall take this part in hande (for the easier a­uoyding often repetitiō of one thing) I wyll giue you some introduction into the celestiall sphere, touching such cir­cles as must of necessitie serue in this arte.

Spou.

And that fault haue troubled, yea right excel­lent authors, for they obseruīg no methode, were cōpelled to repete one thing diuers, and sondry times. But becau­se you made mention of a sphere, maye it please you to make definition of it?

Philo.
[Page 14]

All suche as haue wryten hereof, do accorde in one as Theodosius, Proclus, Euclyde, Orontius, IohnTheodosius. Proclus. Euclide. Orontius. Iohn Halifax Halifax our worthy countryman, (called also Iohn de sacrobosco.) &c. But as well for th' authoritie, as also elegancie, I wyll repete vnto you Theodosius definition, who sayth in this wyse.

[...].Lib. 1. prop. 1.

‘Sphaera est figura solida cōprehēsa vnâ superficie, ad quā ab vno eorū pūctorū quae ītra figurā sūt, oēs rectae lineae ductae sut inter se aequales’

‘A sphere is a sound body, conteined within one platte forme and bounde, vnto whiche all right lynes drawen from the Center, (they being cōteyned within the figure) are founde aequal amōg thē selues.’

To the vnderstanding of whiche definitiō, is requisite to knowe both what the center, axe tree, and diameter of a sphere is.

Spoud.

Now I perceiue the reading of the pathway doth not a lytle helpe me, in vnderstanding this definitiō of Theodosius: as also suche wordes, whiche are vsuall in Geometry. But what is this axe tree of the sphere? for I vnderstand that by a center is nothing mēte, but a prickWhat a cēter is. in the myddes of any circumference.

Philo.

Theodosius, calleth the axe tree, a certain rightLib. 1. prop. 3. line drawen by the center, both endes of it ending in the plat forme of the said sphere, the sphere being turned a­boutWhat the axe tree is. it: and yet this axe tree to remaine fixid & without motion. As in exāple. Here you se A. B. C. to represent the halfe sphere, the axe tree also drawen through it is A. D. C. whiche being fixid, & the halfe spheare turnynge

[figure]

[Page 15] round about, maketh a parfait roūd body. As this figure here placed maketh true mention.

Spoud.

I pray you what difference is there betwixt the diameter of a spheare and the axe tree.

[figure]
Philo.

I wil showe you, omitting th' auctors namesWhat a dia­meter is, and how it dife­reth from th [...] axe tree afor­sayd. for briefnes. A diameter of a sphere, or globe, is any lyne drawen thorowe the same, goyng by the center of the sphere, or globe. And so there may be (yea and you wyll). xx. diameters, or as many as you please in a sphere: but there can be but one axe tree, on whiche the sphere, or globe, is reuoluid. And this axe tree is voyde of all motion.

Spoud.

I wil (and it please you) make a profe wherby you shal perceiue, if I rightly vnderstād your meaning.

Philo.

do you so.

Spou.

Here I wyl make a sphere, in whiche I drawe right lines, frō the one part of the circūfe­rēce, by the cēter, & so to th' o­ther. Such right lines, or dia­meters, are AD: CF: BE: but I do imagine only A. D. to be the axe tree, and imoble.

[figure]
Philo.

Very wel wrought. Now procede we forth. You must also consider that the sphere is deuided, into a right sphere and into an oblique or crokyd sphere. [Page 16] they only haue a right sphere which dwell vnder th' equi­noctiall,The spheare is taken two wayes. A right sphere The poles of the worlde what thei are. and haue both the pole arctike, and antarctick in their Horizont.

Spoud.

Do you not call the two pointes or endes of the axe tree, the fornamed poles?

Philo.

It is so, and for firmer printing it in memory, beholde here the type of them that haue a right sphere. As A. D. C. representeth bothe the axe tree, and the right Horizont: and A. C. the two poles: Yea and B. D. the half parte of th' equinoctiall.

[figure]
Spoud.

So that a mā inha­biting vnder B. D. which is th' equinoctial, do perceiue both A. whiche is the North pole, and C. whiche is the South, leuell with th' earth, and his verticall point, in the for said Aequinoctial.

Philo.

You do well perceyue it.

Spoud.

Then it foloweth, that where ether of the po­les, is eleuated aboue th' earth, they dwell not vnder theAn oblique or croked sphere. aequinoctial, and so haue a croked, & an oblique sphere.

Philo.

And that doe this figure perfitly proue. Here C. E. is the halfe of the axe tree aboue th' earth, B. E. is the halfe of th' equinoctial. C. the one pole aboue th' earth. Whiche maketh the halfe sphere. A. B. C. D. to be oblique, and croked, accor­ding to my first meanīg.

[figure]
Spou.

I vnderstād this perfitly

Philo.

Then is it expediēt for you to cōsider, that this [Page 17] sphere doeth in it conteine many Circles.

Spoud.

Your wordes bringe me in à doubt. For I per­ceiue that à circle, & à sphere are both rounde, & haue like Centers, & Diameters.

Phil.

They haue no lesse, yet they do as greatlye differ as the worlde, & th' earth (of which we made mention) as this definition of Euclid, do manifest plainly. [...].Lib. 1. defi. 14. which Scheubel. excellētly (after his maner) trāslateth.

‘Circulus est figura plana, vna linea compraehensa, quae circumfe­rentia appellatur, ad quam ab vno quodam puncto eorum, quae intra figuram sunt posita, omnes cadētes rectae lineae inter se sunt aequales.’

And is thus much to say with vs.

‘A Circle is à plaine and flat figure comprehended within one line, which is called à circumference: vnto whiche, if lines be drawne from the Center, or poynt of the circle, vnto the circumference, they beinge conteined within the same, are found to be equall one to an other.’

As in this example. A. is the center of the Circle: B. C. D. E. the Circum­ferent line. &c.

[figure]
Spou.

By these wordes I finde à two foulde diffe­renceHow a sphere and a Circle differ. betwixt à sphere, & à circle. First, that à circle is à playne, & flat figure, & à sphere of roūde fourme, like vnto à Ball. And then that à Circle is cōpraehended within one line, & a sphere within one plat fourme▪ But now I pray you declare such Circles, as are imagined to be in the sphere of the worlde, & most necessary for an introduction.

Phil.
[Page 18]

In This sphere chiefly x. Circles are imagined:The principall circles in the Sphere of the world are x. in numbre. Of whiche 6. be great, & 4. be small: whiche in order I will set out. And therfore answer me: Haue you not read among your authours of the Horizōt circle? we will be­ginne with that firste, because necessitie inforseth suche order.

Spou.

Yes sir: Proclus defineth it in this sorte.

[...].What the Ho rizont is.

‘Horizon est circulus qui diuidit nobis mundi partem, quae vide­tur, ab ea quae non apparet: & qui ita in duas partes aequales [...]otum dis­cindit mundi globum, vt eius dimidia pars altera supra terrā extet, dimidia altera sub terra sit.’

Which sounded in our language in this maner.

‘The Horizont is à Circle which deuideth, & parteth that part of the world which we see, from that which do not appere [...] & which par teth the worlde in two equall partes, in suche facion, as th' one halfe is euer aboue th' earth, th' other alway vnder.’

Phil.

Th' use of this Circle is right excellent, for by it we finde out the rysing, & goyng downe of euery Planet & Starre. In this Horizont the daye & nyghte, haue also theyr beginning, & ende.

Spou.

So that this Horizont is â lyne imagined to go rounde about by the face of th' earth, parting the hea­uens in two partes, and is saide of [...], whiche signifieth to decerne, or ende. But standing on an hie Mountaine,A question. steple, or suche lyke thing, shal I se but halfe the heauēs,

Philo.

Yes verely, you shall see more then an Hemis­phere (for so call they the halfe sphere) as also beynge inTh' answere. à valley and lowe place, you shall not see youre Hemis­phere totally. And althoughe you may obiecte, that this Horizont deuideth not the heauen in two equal portiōs, [Page 19] yet it is proueth nothinge: for th' Astrologians alowe no suche Horizont.

Spoud.

And is this Horizont à fixed Circle or not?

Philo.

It is fixed, and without motion.An obiection

Spou:

It should seme contrary. For I beynge at Lon­don haue one Horizont, and goyng to Andwerpe, haue an other, and so at Colein an other, and at Heydelberge another. &c.

Philo.

I confesse no lesse, but that proueth nothingeTh' aunswere. that the horizont moueth, for loke into what errour you shoulde fall: you muste graunte (if the horizont moue) that with the turning of the heauens, your horizont Cir­cle must come ouer your verticall poīt, once in 24. houres.

Spoud.

Nay, I will not graunt suche absurditie in any case: wherfore I see that it is my chaūgyng that ma­keth me to haue à newe horizont, and not the horizont to moue with me.

Phil.

You hit the naile on the head (as the saying is)The Horizont deuided into two partes. Nowe your authour deuideth the horizont, lyke to the sphere: that is, into à ryght horizont, and into â croked or oblique.

Spoud.

What be they that haue a right horizont?A right Ho­rizont.

Phil.

They haue a right horizont, whan as this circle crosseth th' equinoctiall rightely in two partes, and they haue a croked horizont, whan eyther of the PolesA croked Ho rizont. is aboue th' Earth, and th' other vnder: suche is oure Ho­rizont whiche inhabit Europe. But for the better vn­derstanding, I haue made here a figure, in whiche C. A. and E. is th' equinoctiall. And because B. A. D. cros­seth [Page 20] it rightely: It is the right Horizont. Also B. D. are the two Poles of the worlde: & because B. is eleuated aboue th' earth, it maketh F. A. G. to be th' obliquè Horizont, as these ij. pictures here pla­ced do shewe.

[figure]

This Picture sheweth the fourme of a right Horizont.

This Figure represent a croked or oblique Horizont.
Spoud.

Seyng that the Horizont semeth onely neces­sary for to know the true risinge, & goynge downe of the Sonne, Mone, Planetes, & fixed sterres, it can not any thynge helpe for to knowe whan anye of them are at the hiest aboue the Horizont for that daye, in whiche place whan as the Sonne cōmeth: it is midday. For I perceiue euery Planet, & Starre, to ascende by litle, & litle a­boue th' earth, vntyll they be at the hiest: & then in lyke maner do continuallye descende, vntill they come to the Horizont in the West.

Phil.

For this & diuers other occations (in times [Page 21] past) they imagined a circle whiche they called the me­ridian circle and Proclus, in this sorte setteth it out.

[...].What the Me ridian is.

‘Meridianus circulus is est, qui describitur per polos mūdi, & per ver­ticis punctum, in quo cum fuerit sol, facit diei noctis (que) dimidium.’

‘The meridiane or middaie circle (saith he) is describid and dra­wen by the poles of the worlde, and the point directlye ouer oure heades called Zenit Zenit is that point or prick imagined to be directly ouer our heades & is alwaye. 90. degrees frō the East, South, Weast, and North. Lib. 1. prop. 3. in whiche whan the Sonne entreth (whiche is twyse in a naturall day) it is mydday, or mydnight.’

Spoud.

Yea and this meridiane by Theodosius pro­bation, shall in all places crosse rightly the Horizont, & is also a fixid circle as the Horizont is.

Philo.

And that was one of the greatest reasons (if I be not deceiued) whiche prouoked the Astronomers to make their computation from midday. And as many as dwell either plaine North, or South, haue the same me­ridiane that you haue: and suche as are either East, or West, haue an other meridian, and not the same whiche you haue.

Spoud.

Then by your wordes I gather that the inha­bitantes whiche be directly vnder vs (the GeographersAntipodes. name them Antipodes) are vnder the same meridiane lyne, that we be.

Philo.

Verely it is true. But we wyll omyt the de­claration of them vntyll our next metinge, and I wyll gyue you example of the meridiane circle, ioy­ned with the Horizont. Here you se A. E. C. re­present

[figure]

[Page 22] the verticall point, B. D. the poles of the world, by whiche and A. (being the vertical circle) is the me­ridiā circle A. B. C. D. delineated and drawē. Whiche crosseth also B. E. D. F. being the Horizont circle.

Spoud.

This circle I do wel remembre, but I do furder perceiue that the Sōne riseth not alway at one time, and therfore is sometime longer or he come to the meridian, and sometime shorter, so that the daies increase and de­crease continually, except twyse euery yeare. (Which is to saye the. x. of Marche, and the. xiiij. of Septēber) and then the daies, and nightes are equall, and he ryseth di­rectly East, and setteth playne West: whiche in other ti­mes, he do not, as we may dayly vnderstande.

Philo.

The diference of the tymes, ingendred by the course of the Sonne, you shall easely fynde by th' qui­noctiall.

Spoud.

you renew that, whiche almoste was out of my memory. For I reading the for sayd Proclus, remēber he maketh mention of th' equinoctiall circle in this wyse.

[...].What th' qui­noctiall is.

‘A equinoctialis autem circulus est horum quinque parallelorū maxi­mus, ita ab horizonte in duo sectus, vt eius dimidia pars altera sit su­pra terram, altera vero lub terra: in quo cum fuerit sol, aequinoctia fa­cit duo, vernū & Autumnale.’

‘Th' equinoctiall is a circle greatest of all th' other. v. Paralleles, and is so deuided, and parted of the Horizont, that th' one halfe is euer a­boue th' earth, and th' other halfe vnder: into whiche, whan the Sonne enter (whiche is twyse yearly spring tyme, and haruest) the dayes and nightes are equall thorowe the whole earth.’

Philo.
[Page 23]

Moreouer you must further consider that this circle difereth from the other two afore said because it is mouable, and caried about with the heauens, where the other are stedfast and fixid.

Spoud.

It must nedes so be. But are not the poles of this circle, the poles of the worlde?

Philo.

Yes verely, and they that dwell vnder th' equi­noctiall haue the signes equally ascending, and descen­ding, whiche should not be, if the poles of it, did varie frō the poles of the worlde. That they do ascende, and also descend equally, Lucan th' excellent Poet, do aptly set out, where he describeth Cato his voyage into Lybia,Lib. 9. which is towarde th' equinoctial, in these versis annexid.

Non obliquè meant, nec Tauro rectior exit
Scorpius, aut Aries donat sua tempora Librae.
Aut Astrea iubet lentos descendere Pisces.
Par Geminis, Chiron: & idem quòd Carcenus ardens
Humidus Aegoceros, nec plus Leo tollitur Vrna.

The meaning of whiche versis in English meater is,

The signes in equall tymes, do ascend and descende:
The Ballance and the Ramme, the Scorpion and Bull.
The Twinnes and Archer eke, the Crabe and Goate defende:
The fearse Lyon, the Pot with water that is full.
The Virgin with her braunche, soner cannot apere:
Then the Fysshes by course approche to the west nere.
Spoud.

I shall and it please you make a proue hereof as I did in the other, wherby you may correcte my error, if any shall folowe: and then you may procede with the o­ther circles.

Philoni.

Doe you so.

Spoud.

I haue here made a figure in whiche C. E. do represent th' equinoctiall. B. A. D. the axe tree of the worlde. B. the north pole or arcticke, and D. in lyke sort [Page 24] th' antarcticke, whiche are also the poles of th' equinoc tiall.

Th' use of the Horizōt, Me­ridian, and ae­quinoctiall Circles.
Philo.

I do muche com­mende you. Nowe further more you maye consyder, that lyke as the rising, and going downe of the Sonne, Moone, and Planetes, is founde out by the helpe of the Horizont: their true height by the meridian circle: and the varietie of tyme by th' equinoctiall: (comparing the quantitie of the daye present, vnto the quantitie of the day whan as the Sōne is in th' equinoctial) so there is also a proper path, or way, in whiche the other Planetes, as well as the Sonne do fi­nyshe their reuolutiō, and course, according to their true tyme. Whiche circle is very nedefull for Geographers, as hereafter you shall vnderstande.

Spoud.

I pray you sir, is not that the circle, whiche I haue in a starry nyght decernid lyke a brode gyrdle full of starres, in whiche also in some part is the mylkey way called as I suppose [...] of Ptolomaeus, and of Tully lacteus orbis?

Philo.

It is the very same, and Proclus describeth it in these wordes.

[...].What the zo­diack is.

‘Circulus autem obliquus est zodiacus, qui duodecim signa conti­net, [Page 25] ipseque ex tribus circulis parallelis constituitur: quorū duo la­titudinē eius definiunt, tertius vero per media signa ducitur. Hic at­tingit duos circulos aequales & parallelos, nēpe Aestiualem tropicū in prima parte Cancri, & Hiemalem in prima parte Capricorni. La­titudo autem Zodiaci est partium duodecim, & dicitur obliquus hic circulus, propterea quod parallelos secat circulos.’

‘The crokyd, oblique, or thwarte circle, is called the Zodiacke, whiche in it conteyne the. xij. Signes, and is made of thre parallele cir cles, of whiche two do conteyne in them the bredth, and latitude: the thirdThis lyne is called the e­cliptick, becau se in it is the cōtinual cour­se of the Sōne and that all Eclypses as well of him as of the mone can not be but in this lyne. do deuide the Signes equally in the myddes. This Zodiack, ex­tendith vnto two equidistant circles, or paralleles. That is to say the somer tropike, in the beginning of Cancer: and the winter in the be­ginning or first degree of Capricorne. The latitude and bredth of the Zodiack is. xij. degrees, and it is called thwarte or croked, because it crosseth the parallele circles.’

And here you must note for eschewing further error, that th' author menith by crossinge the parallele circles, that the zodiack goeth ouerthwarte them, and not rightly as th' equinoctiall, and the right Horizont doth.

Spoud.

And this circle, is deuided into. xij. equall partes whiche you call signes.What a signe is.

Philo.

You haue truly spoken: yea and euery signe, is deuided into. xxx. partes, whiche they call degrees: and euery degree, into. lx. minutes. &c. But this seruethWhat a degre is. rather for Astronomers.

Spoud.

By your wordes I gather the lengthe of a de­greeWhat a mi­nute is. to be the. 360. parte of the heauen (for. xij. tymes 30. maketh. 360.) and not any determined, or appointed measure, as a yarde, a forlong, a myle. &c.

Philo.

Vnto this circle and th' equinoctiall, al the mo­uing of the Planetes, and fixed starres is referred. For by them we fynde out their longitude, latitude, and also [Page 26] th' eleuation of ether poles, whiche is so necessary in this arte, as without it you shall little or nothing profite. But nowe I wyll set before your eyes the signes, with their names in Greke, Latine, and Englishe, adding also cer­taine characters of euery one of them, which the Astro­logians do vse both in their wryting, also in their instru­mentes.

123456
[...] [...] [...], [...] [...] [...]
Septemtrional signes.
Aries,Taurus,Gemini,Cancer,Leo,Virgo,
Rāme,Bulle,Twinnes,Crabbe,Lion,Virgyn,
789101112
[...] [...] [...]. [...] [...] [...]
Libra,Scorp.Sagitta.Capricor.Aquari.Pisces.
Meridionall signes.
Balaū.Scorpiō,Archer,Goate.Watermā.Fishes.
Spou.

These names I haue often red in Homer, So­phocles, and other greke Poetes: and the latin, in Virgil, Ouide, Horace, Palingenius, and euery other Poet wel neare do make of them mencion: and I do perceiue th' use of this circle to be very expediēt. For of it consisteth theThe vse of the zodiack. quantitie of the yeare, the. iiij. tymes of the same, as the Spring, Somer, Haruest, Wynter. But I perceiue also o­ther configurations, and formes, as well out of the zodi­acke, as also in it. And the Poetes make mētion of many of them, as Charles wayne, the Dragō, Bootes, Th' egle, the flieng Horse, the seuen Starres, the great Dog, and others: of whiche you make no mention.

Philo.

No, nether do I intende, lest that I shall seme to espie a mote in an other, and not a beame in mine own eye. For I wyll digresse as litle as possible I may, frō our

A TABLE OF MANY NOT ABLE FIXED STERRES VVITH THER TREVV LON­GITVDE, LATITVDE, AND DECLINATON, faithfully rectified vnto the yeare of our Lorde. 1559▪
¶The names in Englyshe¶The names in LatineThe names in Greke.The Longi­tude.The Lati­tude.Declination. and Magni.
   SD.M.D.M.P.DMPM
The Whales backeDorsum Caeti, 661540M1211M2
The Whales bellyVenter Caeti. 162200M1220M2
Aries horne.Cornu Arietis. 2742720S1719S3
The Rammes head.Caput Arietis. 146100S.2116S3
The Bulles eye.Oculus Tauri. [...]342510M1542S1
Orions left foote.Orio. pes sinist. 10123130M914M1
Orions left shoulder.Orion. hu. sini. 11201730M437S2
First in Orions gyrdle.Cing. Orio. pri. 16222420M119M2
Second in Orions gyrdle.Cing. Orio. se. 18222450M149M2
Orions right shoulder.Orio. hu. dex. 236170M618S1
The great Dogge.Canis Ma [...]or. [...],8423910M1550M1
The lesser Dogge.Canis Minor. [...].20121610M64S1
Brightest in Hydra.Lucida Hydrae. 2122030M447M2
The Lions neck.Ceruix Leonis. 2316830S2159S2
The Lions harte.Regulus. [...].2332010S143S1
The Lions back.Dorsum Leonis 5161340S2231S2
The Lions Tayle.Cauda Leonis, 15321150S1649S1
The Crowes head.Caput Corui. 501940M1953M3
The Crowes ryght wyng.Ala dextra Cor. 9361450M178M3
The Virgins Spike.Spica Virginis. [...].174220M454M1
Betwixt Bootes thyghes.Inter cox. Boo. 1861940S229S1
South Ballaunce.Lanx Merid. 92040S1 [...]44M2
North Ballaunce.Septemtriona. 1312830S733M2
The Scorpions hart.Cor Scorpij. [...].34240M2447S2
Hercules Head.Caput Herculis 8423730S1520S3
The Serpentes head.Caput Ophi. [...]1552360S147S3
The Egle.Aquila. [...].24522910S727S2
Capricornes Tayle.Cauda Capri. 1722210S1413M3
In Aquarius leggeCrus Aquarij. 220730M1552M3
Pegasus shoulder.Hū. Pegasi. 17422940S130S2

[Page 28] first institution. But I wil geue you here a table of many notable fixed starres, which are profitable for the trieng out of the latitude of any country and place.

Spoud.

This table seruith vnto smal vse (if my au­thors deceiue me not) onlesse that I haue in lyke sorte the declination of them.

Philo.

You saye ryghtly, and to satisfie your expecta­tion, I wyll also place here a table of declination of the­clipticke lyne from th'equinoctiall, whiche shall extende vnto. 23. digrees. 28. minutes, the trew declination of the sonne, of this our age.

Spoud.

I pray you sir, what call you the declination of the sonne, or other planet and sterre?

Philo.

It is no other thing then the distaunce of anye sterre from th'equinoctial vnto his true place in the zo­diack. And here marke that euery sterre hath two decliEuery Planet haue two decli nations. nations, the one is hauing ther course in the zodiack frō the beginning of Aries, vnto th'ende of Virgo, and they are North frō th'equinoctial. Th'other from the begin­ning of Libra, vnto th'ende of Pisces, and they are said to haue their declination south from th'quinoctiall.

Spoud.

haue this declination of the sonne, bene alway one, or it doth varie?

Philo.

I wyll shewe you, in the tyme of Ptolomaeus as (his workes do testifie) the sonnes greatest declination from th'equinoctiall was. xxiij. degrees. lj. minutes, andThe diuersitie of the Sonnes declinatiō, frō Ptolomaeus ti­me, vnto our age. xxx. secondes. Almaeon found it .xxiij. degrees .xxxiij. mynutes, and .xxx. secondes. Iohannes de monte Regio, tried it to be .23. and but .30. minutes. And George Pour [Page 29] bachius .23. degr. & .28. mi. which agreeth with our time

Spoud.

This diuersitie of obseruatiō, may arise rather of the instrumentes not exactly made, then that he do so vary in his declination.

Philo.

Nay verely. I attribute the cause here of vnto that mouing of the heauē which is called of Tebitius & Alfonsus, motus trepidationis.

Spoud.

How may I finde this varietie of declination, by myne owne diligence.

Philo.

Although it vary not in a mans lyfe any thing sensible, yet because you may both know the obseruing of it exactly and also teache other that hereafter shal lerne as you are now instructed your selfe: I wil in fewe wordes open the whole labour. Take a quadrant (the making ofHow to finde out by Instru­ment the Son­nes Declinatiō whiche you shal see among the other instrumentes) and and set it directly vpright vpon some playne in the meri­dian lyne (the finding of whiche you shal see in the next treatise) and is here marked A. B. as also C. A. dore present, the zenit or verticall point, then rayse vp and downe the ruler (hauing two sight holes made in it) vn­to the sonne, whan as he is in the meridian line: and ob­serue diligētly that height, in the circle of degrees noted in your quadrant, frō B. to C. the .xi. or .xii. day of Decē ­ber, which is B. D. vntill you finde he goeth no lower: and againe in like case the .xi. or .xij. of Iune, vntyll you perceiue he increaseth nothinge in height, and is noted here B. E. and so the distaunce of D. E. is the distaunce of the .ij. tropick Circles.

Spoud.

What meane you by those tropick circles?

Philo.
[Page 30]

You shall knowe, our conclusion ended. This distaunce in our dayes is founde .46. degrees .56. minu­tes,

[figure]

which beyng parted in two equall parts, & reconed from th' Equinoctiall. B. F. sheweth the Sonnes grea­test declination Northwarde from the forsaid Circle, 23. degrees .28. minutes. And in like case Southwarde in Winter. And thus shall you alwaies find his declination.

Spoud.

This rule will I put in practise whan the tyme of the yeare doeth insewe.

Phil.

Well now behold this table of Declinatiō, which shall serue thy vse more largely thē Orontius, or D. Re­cordes Table: & is not so proplixe, as E. Reignholdes.

[Page 31]

A TABLE OF DECLINATION of th' Ecliptike, in Degrees, Minutes, & Secōdes, from th' Equi. noctiall, answeryng to the Sonnes greatest Declinatiō .23. Deg. 28. Minu.
Degrees.Aries. ♈Differē.Taurus. ♉Differē.Gemini. ♊Differē. 
 Libra. ♎ Scorpius. ♏ Sagittarius. ♐  
Deg.Mi.Deg.Mi.Se.Mi.Se.Deg.Mi.Se.Mi.Se.De.Mi.Se.Mi.Se.De.Mi
0000000121448  203615  300
0200841  122117  20402  2940
04001722  12296  204347  2920
100262  122612141204729  290
12003443  124316  20518  2840
14004324  125018  205445  2820
200524  125719  205820  280
22010451913417  211522212740
2401926  131114  21521  2720
301186  131810  21848  270
32012646  13253  211212  2640
34016525  133154  211534  2620
401445  13 [...]842156211854  260
42015243  134528  212211  2540
4402122219135213  212525  2520
50210 [...]  135857  212837  250
52021839  14537  213146  2440
54022717  141216  213453  2420
6023553  141853  213758  240
6202443039142527  214059  2340
6402536  143159160214358  2320
703142  143831  214656  230
72031017  144459  214951  2240
74031852  145125  215242  2220
8032727  145750  215531  220
82033604815412  215817  2140
84034433  151032  2211  2120
903536  151649  22343  210
9204138  15234  22622  2040
9404109  152918  22859  2020
10041840  153530172221133  200
10204271056154139  221442311940
104043538  154746  221633  1920
1104477  155351  22190  190
112045234  155953  222124  1840
1140511  16553  222345  1820
1205927  161152  22264  180
12205175164161747  222820  1740
124052615  162341  223034  1720
13053439  162933  223245  170
13205431  163522181223454  1640
134055123  16419  22370  1620
14055943  164653  22393  160
142068270165235  22414  1540
144061621  165815  22432  1520
15062439  17353  224459  150
152063255  17928  224652  1440
 Pisces. ♓Diffe.Aquarius. ♒Diffe.Capricorn ♑Differ.Degries.
 Virgo. ♍ Leo. ♌ Cancer ♋  

THE SECOND PARTE OF THE Table of Declination of th'ecliptick, from th'Equinoctiall.
Degrees.Aries. ♈ Libra. ♎Differē.Taurus. ♉ Scorpius. ♏Differē.Gemini. ♊ Sagittarius. ♐Differē. 
Deg.Mi.Deg.Mi.Se.Mi.Se.Deg.Mi.Se.Mi.Se.De.Mi.Se.Mi.Se.De.Mi
152063255  17928  224652  1440
154064110  17151  224843  1420
16064925  172033  225031  140
162065737  17262  225217  1340
1640754985173129  22540  1320
1707141  173652  225541  130
172072211  174213194225718  1240
174073019  174733  225854  1220
18073826  175250  23028  120
182074631  17584  23159  1140
184075436  18316  23326  1120
19082419818826  23452  110
192081043  181333  23615  1040
194081844  181838  23736  1020
20082644  182341  238 [...]3  100
202083442  182842  23108  940
204084238  183340  231120  920
21085034100183835  231231  90
212085828  184328200231339  840
21409621  184819  231444  820
22091413  18537  231546  80
22209222  185753  231645  740
224092950  19236  231743  720
2309373811019718  231838  70
232094523  191157  231930  640
23409537  191633  232020  620
24010049  19217  23217  60
242010829  192538  232151  540
244010168  19307  232233  520
250102347  193433  232313  50
2520103123  193856  232350  440
2540103857  194318  232425  420
260104629126194738  232456  40
2620105359  195155211232525  340
264011129  19569  232552  320
27011858  20021  232617  30
2720111625  20430  232639  240
2740112348  20837  232658  220
280113110131201241  232714  20
2820113830  201642  232728240140
2840114549  202041  232739  120
29011537  202439  232748  10
292012022  202834  232754  040
294012736  203226  232758  020
300121448  203615  23280  00
 Pisces. ♓ Virgo. ♍Diffe.Aquarius. ♒ Leo. ♌Diffe.Capricorn ♑ Cancer ♋Differ.Degries.
Spoud.
[Page 33]

I pray you learne me th'vse of this table.

Philo.

That I wyll reserue vnto his necessary place?

Spou.

Then or we procede any further, show me what the poles of the zodiake be, for euery circle haue his pro­per poles: yea and whether they be all one with the poles of th'equinoctiall.

Philo.

I will fulfill your request. The poles of the zo­diacke, do muche differ from the poles of th'equinoctiall, as you may easely perceiue by this figure here placed. In which I haue made C. H. E. I. for th'equinoctial: [...]. H. G. I. for the zodiacke, and A. for th'earth. Now if I make B. D. the poles of th'equinoctiall as they must nedes be: thē can thei not be the poles of the zo­diack, as herafter you shal heare, but K. L. being the endes of th'axe tree of the sayd zodiack, shall be the poles.

[figure]
Spoud.

I vnderstande your mynde. Wyll you now de­clare vnto me the meanyng of the two tropikes, of which you lately made mencion.

Philo.

Yea and that right gladly, vsing Proclus autho ritie as in the other circles whiche saith.

[...].What the som mer tropick is.

‘Aestiuus Tropicus, ē circulus oīm quos sol describit, ꝓxime Septē ­triones vergens, in quo cum fuerit Sol, reuersionem aestiuam facit: Vbi omniū totius anni lōgissima dies, nox vero breuissima habetur. Nam post reuersionē aestiuam, non vltra ad septētriones ꝓgredi Solē [Page 34] videris, sed ad alteram mūdi partem reuerti: vnde circulus hic, Tro­picus appellatus est.’

‘The Somer Tropick (saith Proclus) is the most northely circle which the Sonne describeth, in to whiche whan as he enterith, it is the lon­gest daye, and shortest nyght in all the yeare. For after this somerlye reuerting, the Sonne is not perceiued to decline farther North, but directly to the contrary coost: for which cause this circle is called a tropike (or circle of reuerting and turning back.)’

Spou.

And what calleth he th'other tropicke?

Philoni.

The wynter tropike or circle of retorning from the South: as these his wordes folowyng do testifie.

[...].What the winter Tro­pick is.

‘Hyemalis vero tropicus circulus est omnium, quos Sol per mūdi cōuersionē describit, maxime australis, in quē cū sol puenerit hyema lem reuersionē facit: vbi maxima oīm totius anni nox, dies vero mi­nima conficitur. Nā post hyemalē reuersionē, sol vltra nō pergit au­strum versus, sed ad alterā mūdi partē reuertitur, vnde & huic quo (que) circulo tropici nomen inditum est.’

‘The tropick of winter, is the furdest south circle of al other that y sonne by the tournynge of the world doth describe: into whiche whan he doth enter, he maketh his wynterly retorne backwarde, at which season it is the lōgest night in all the yeare, and shortest day. For after this retourne, the sonne goth not further south, but doth approche to the contrary part of the worlde: for whiche cause, this circle also was called a tropicke circle.’

Spo.

Proclus here meaneth (as by the repetitiō of his wordes I gather) that these two tropikes, ar as it wer the boūdes, & lēgth of the Sonnes iournay. For goyng from the Sommer tropicke in the begynning of the Crabbe, he directeth his course in the zodiacke towardes Libra in th'equinoctiall: and so leuing it, draweth vnto the Wyn­ter Tropicke in the begynnyng of the Goate, beyonde which he can not goe, but retourneth backward agayne, [Page 35] vntyll he cum to the head of the Ramme.

Philo.

It is so, and by these wordes you maye also ga­ther,The foure ty­mes of the yeare whereof they take be­ginning. that the. iiij. tymes of the yeare, Spryng, Sommer, Haruest, and Wynter, haue their beginnīg in these. iiij. pointes (that is) the two Aequinictiall pointes, and the tropickes.

Spoud.

You haue here iust occation to speake of the di­uersitie of daies, and nightes, and it please you.

Philo.

Yet that shalbe omittid vntill we make mentiō of clymates, and the paralleles: and at this present wyll speake of these circles whiche do deuide as wel Th'equi­noctiall, as also the zodiacke, into. iiij. equall partes: so that the Sonne being in any of them do make one of the forsayde tymes.

Spou.

These circles also are necessarye, but what are their names?

Philo.

They are called Colures, of which th'one is dra­wen by the beginning of Aries and Lybra, and of that is named th'quinoctiall Colure, and th'other by the be­ginning of cancer, and Capricorne, and called therof the solstitiall Colure, and are definid of Proclus in this maner.

[...].What the two coloures are.

‘Per polos mūdi ducūtur circuli, quos aliqui coluros vocāt: quibus accidit, vt in sua circūferētia polos mundi habeāt. Coluri vero dicti sunt, ꝓpterea quod eorū partes quaedā non videātur. Nā reliqui cir­culi per mūdi cōuersionē toti cernūtur colurorū vero partes quaedam [Page 36] nunquàm videntur, eae scilicet, quas sub horizonte nobis condit cir­culus Antarcticus. Caeterum ducūtur hii circuli, perpuncta tropico­rum, & in partes duas aequales diuidunt eum circulum, qui est in zodiaci medio.’

‘There are circles drawen by the poles (whiche some men call) Co­lures: and conteine in their circumference the Poles of the worlde, & they be named Colures, or trunckid circles, for this consideration, be­cause that some partes of them are not at any tyme sene. The other circles by the turninge of the worlde are all apparantly seene: but some partes of the colures, be neuer decernyd. Suche are these partes as are vnder our Horizont in the circle Antarctike. These circles also are drawne by the. ij. tropike pointes, deuiding the eclipticke in two equall partes.’

Spoud.

Is there yet more circles to be obserued?

Philoni.

Onely Th'arctike, and Antarctike circle re­mayneth, and then you haue learned all suche circles of the sphere, as shall serue for our purpose at this present,What the are ticke circle is. and therfore I wyll make definition of them.

[...].’

‘Arcticus circulus omnium maximus orbiū, qui nobis semper vi­dentur, qui attingens vno puncto Horizontem, totus extat super ter­ram: inter quē inclusa sydera, nequè oriuntur, nequè occidūt, sed tota nocte mundi lustrare polum spectantur.’

‘The Arctike circle is the greatest of suche circles as do at all times totally apeare: whiche touchinge in one pointe onlye the Horizont, is in all partes aboue th'earth. And all sterres with in this circle inclu­ded, do nether rise, nor yet set, but turne round about the pole, all the longe nyght.’

Spoud.

What calleth Proclus the antarctike circle?

Philo.

I wyll repete his wordes.What the An tarctickcircle is.

[...].’

‘Antarcticus circulus, est ac parallelus aequalis Arctico orbi, attingēs Horizōtem vno puncto, & totus sub terra conditus: intra quem, cō ­plexa sydera nunquàm à nobis cernuntur.’

And may aptly be translated into English as foloweth.

[Page 37]The Antarctike circle, is an equall parallele with the circle Arc­tick, touching the Horizōt in one only point, and is totally vnder the Earth: & the Sterres whiche are within it comprehended, do neuer rise aboue the Horizont.’

Spou.

Yet I haue harde, that such as inhabite the South partes of Spaine, & in Calecut, Guinea, & di­uers other cūtreis, do see many goodly & bright Serres, yea & the southe Pole figured with sterres like à Crose.

Phi.

It is as you haue said. But of that we will speake in the treatise of Nauigatiō, & to retorne to Proclus, he meaneth not that the Antartictick Circle & pole of the same is vnder the Horizōt to all men: but to vs that are on this side th'Equinoctiall, & therefore it is spoken no lesse trewly, then pleasantly of the swete Poët Virgilius.

Hic, Vertix nobis semper sublimis, at illum
Lib. 2. Geor.
Sub pedibus, Stixatra Videt, manes (que) profundi.
The northe Pole, Still we haue in sight:
But vnder th'Earth, the South sterre right.
Spou.

And what is the Axe tree, & poles of this circle?

Philoni.

The same, that are of th'Equinoctiall, & the two tropike circles. For seyng th'Equinoctiall, the ij. tro­pikes, & the circles Arctike, & Antarctike, be equidi­distant paralleles (as Proclus affirmeth) it must thē of necessitie folow, that they are reuolued, & turned vpon the same Poles, & haue all one Axe tree. Theodosius also confirmeth the same in these wordes.

[...]

‘In Sphaera, paralleli circuli circaeosdem polos sunt.’ Li. 2. Theor. [...]

‘In à Sphere the parallele or equidistant Circles, haue all one Pole.’

But I will not burden you (& especillye in à trewe cause) whiche suche graue authoritie, but giue you [Page 38] the figure of these. vj. last Circles, & then procede fur­ther herein. In this figure is set all the. v. Paralleles, the ij. Colures, & the Zodi­ake. And first B. D. is the Equinoctiall. E. F. the tropike of Cancer. H. G. the tropike of Capricorne. K. M. the Circle Arctike, & L. I. the circle An­tarticke, A. B. C. D. the Solstitial colure, A. N. C. O. th'Equinoctial colure, E. G. the Zodiake, & A. C. the Axe tree, which goeth thorow the Center of th'Earth di­rectly, & endeth at the Poles.

[figure]
Spoud.

I must confesse the wordes of Theodosius, & Proclus, to be trew: but yet musinge with my selfe, I can not conceiue by what reason this Axe tre should stey the Earth. And it standyng fixed, the heauens as well vnder it, as also aboue th'Earth, should be turned, & reuolued in like maner, as we see: & I euer feare lest th'Earth, beynge so heauie, & ponderous, as it is, should fall to the other part of the Heauens, which is vnder it.

Philo.

I perceiue you are not yet free from the fond imaginations of the grosse witted people, but yet you are the more to be excused, seyng Lactantius beynge so lear­nedLactantius petulancie. à man, was so folishe (whether it sprong of petulan­cye, or ignoraunce, I knowe not) as to affirme the Hea­uens to be flat, & not to go vnder th'Earth. [Page 39] But now to your doubt, I answere: if God by his wōder­full prouidence, & power, did not steye it in the place where it is, there could be no axe tree whiche mighte su­steine so vnknowen à burthen, & weighte: & therefore you must rather imagine à streight line, to be the forsaid axe tree, (as also the Circles of which we haue intreatid, beyng voide of Latitude, and Profunditie) then to be­leue any such circles, or yet axe tree to be in the Heauēs visiblie:

Spoud.

I perceiue your meaning right well.

Philoni.

Nowe you haue learned what the vj. great circles of the Sphere ar, as the Horizōt, the Me­ridian, th'Equinoctiall, the zodiake, th'Equinoctiall, & the solsticiall Colures: as also the iiij. lesser Circles, whichWhy sum Cir­cles are called greater, and some lesser. are the tropicke of Cancer, the tropick of Capricorne, the circle Articke, and the circle Antarticke.

Spoud.

I haue so, I thank you sir. But for what cause be the vj. called the greater Circles, & the iiij. the lesser?

Philo.

Iohn de Sacro Bosco, doeth answere your que­stion in these, or like wordes. We call that à greater Cir­cle of a Sphere (saith he) which beyng drawen in the cō ­passe of the Sphere vpon his Center, do diuide it into two equall portions: & that a lesser Circle, whiche beynge drawen as th'other, do not diuide the Sphere into equall partes, but inequall portiōs, such ar the iiij. lesser Circles.

Spou.

If I shall for the better vnderstanding such thin­ges as herto are spoken, make a Sphere of Hopes, & ap­plie your preceptes to the instrumēt, by what order maye I gather the trew proportiō of one of them, to an other?

Philo.
[Page 40]

Because the tyme doth so faste rōne, & I haue also other matters to intreate on: I wyll reserue the making of the Sphere, vntyll I shewe you the cōposition of other instrumentes required in this Art, in my Orga­nographie. But nowe for this present, let this figure (re­presentyng the forme of the Sphere, with all the princi­pall Circles to it belōging) satisfie thine expectation.

Spoud.

Then will it please you to takeTh'other part of the diuision of the worlde. in hande the secōde part of your diuision of the worlde, for hi­therto (if I be not disceiued) stretcheth the declaratiō of the heauenlye Region.

Piloni.

Trewe it is, for oure talke as yet either was of this re­giō, or els of thynges giuynge lyghte to the same: and now let vs conuerte oure style in like maner vnto th' Elemētary Region. This in it selfe, cōteineth the iiij. Elementes, Fyre, Aëre, Water, & Earth, (these are not corruptible) also whatsoeuer is cō ­teined within the circuit of the heauen of the Mone, as well bodies perfite, as also imperfite, made of the forsaide

[figure]

[Page 41] Elementes (the Latinistis call them) corpora mixta.

Spoud.

And wherfore are ther but iiij. Elementes?Why ther can be but iiij. Ele mentes. Lib. 2. de gene ratione.

Philo.

Aristotle doeth giue à sufficient reason: saying, there are so many Elementes as ther is combina­tion, & mixture, of the simple and first qualities, which can be but foure: hoot, and drie, propre to the Fire: hoote and moiste, of th' Aëre: coulde and moist, which is resem­bled to the water: & could with drynes, to th' Earth. As for heate and couldnes, are so repugnaunt that ther can be no mixture of them: no more then of moisture & dry­nes. There is also an other reason made of Aristotle, ta­kenLib. primo de Coelo. of the diuersitie of motion, whiche I do at this time wyllingly ouer passe.

Spou.

We are agreed of the number of th' Elementes, but what is theyr order, whiche of them is higher, and which of them lower?

Philo.

That Element is higher then the rest, which is lyghtest, most fugitiue, and subtile. For it is a generallA generall maior. maior among Philosophers, that al light thynges cōtend vpwarde: & all grosse and pōderous, to the Center of the Earth.

Spou.

By this propositiō I gather,The situation & place of th' Elementes. that the Fyre beyng more subtyl than th'other thre, shal ascend aboue them, & be next the Globe of the Mone. For you said, that ther may be no place emptie, & void. And then next him the Aëre, then the Water, & laste of all th' Earth.

Philo.

It is in like order as you haue said. And the Fire, conteyneth in him the Aëre: Th' Aëre, in his compasse the Water: & the Water also doth cōpasse & inuirone

[Page 42]The Earth, not rounde about as th'other do, but in diuers parts, so that the water, & th'earth, rather make one vnifourme Globe: as this Figure here annexid doth plainely declare.

Spoud.

Ther se­meth in your des­cription to be fiue distincte Regions, How may that be, seyng that ther are but iiij. Elemētes?

[figure]
Philo.

Ther are as you haue saide, but the Aërie Re­giō, is deuidid into iij. parts, springing thorow Heate, and Colde: as the hierTh' Aere deui­did into thre Regions. part of the Aëre signified with A. being nere to the Orbe of the Fier, and is daylie caried about, (as Cometes andWhere Come­tes and blasing Sterres are in­gendred. blasing Sterres ther ingendred, do apparantly declare.) and is made more hoote thē the middle Regiō is: againe, the lower region next vs, markid with C. is thorowe the reflextiō of the Sonne beames rebounding from th'earth also made hoote, therfore the middle region B. beynge voide of heate, is alway coulde: yea and so much the coul­der, howe muche the heate is more vehement in th'other two regions.

Spou.

Then in this middle region I suppose all Haile,Where Haile and Snow is ingendred. Snow, and suche like is ingendrid.

Phil.

It is so, but I let that passe, and intreate of th'use [Page 43] of them, touching our first meanyng.

Spoud.

Because the Fire, and Aëre, should seme litell to profit in this place, wil you somwhat speake of the Wa­ter, and Earth?

Philo.

I will speake nothing of the Water (but referre it vntil we intreat of Nauigatiō) but only in this place, make mention of th'earth, and so depart vntill to morow.

Spou.

And it weare not more for troblynge you, then any werines that I haue, I would wishe the day to be. x. daies in length, I haue receiued suche pleasure in youre instructions. But sence the Sonne sumwhat declineth to the weste Ocian, I will giue diligent eare vnto your wor­des, for the short time ther is yet remaining.What th'Erth is.

Phil.

I reioyse much to vnderstand your feruent desire to knowledge, which I will to my vttermost furder. And now touching th'Earth, consider you that she is lowest of all Elementes: blacke, ponderous, and round, inuironid, and inclosed within th'other thre. She is called the mo­ther of fruites, the roote of all plantes, the norishe of ly­uing creatures, the foundation of all buildinges, the se­pulchre of the dead, the Center of the beautifull frame of the world, the matter and substaunce of mans body, and the receptakle of heauenly influence. She is also gar­nished with fragrāt flowres, of Man, Beast, and Foule, inhabited, and comfortablie quickened by the norishing beames of the Sōne, Mone, Planetes, and fixed Sterres.Diuersitie of opinions tou­ching th'Erth his fourme. But you shall note for all that here is spoken, that there is great controuersie touching th'Earthes fourme: which must be descidid and put away, or we can safely procede [Page 44] further. As th'opinions of those which affirme th'Earth not to be rounde, like à Globe or Boule. Those that af­firme it to be of pyller forme. Those that will not haue it to be the Center of the heauen. Those that suppose the Earth to moue: with other like. But the greatest of all, is the errour of those that speake againste the roundnes of th'Earth. Wherfore I will touche it principallye, whiche thing done, th'other are manifest of them selues.

Spoud.

You enter into that question, in whiche of all other I desire moste especiallie to be satisfied, for I also am in that errour (if it be an errour to say th'earth is not rounde.)

Philo.

Bring forth suche reasons than, as inforseth you so to iudge, and I will an­swere them.

Spou.

It semeth sufficient toAn obiection, against the round fourme of th'Earth. credit th'Earth not to be round, if we consider the greate deepe valleis, that are in it: the Cities, Towres, Castels, and Trees, with suche like placed vpon the face of the Earth: but moste of all, the hougie and hie Mountaines, and Hilles: Of whiche, some of them are supposed to beThese Hilles are the grea­test in all the Earch. 60. miles in height. As the Hille in th'Iland Teneriffa, (whiche Ptolomaeus nameth one of the fortunate Ilan­des) and is beyonde Hercules Pillers. Also an other in Thessalia, called (of Solinus) Olimpus, This is the fa mous Hill of which Poëtes so muche in­treate: in the top of whiche the Gentils builded an aul ter making to Iuppiter Sa­crifice. beyng of suche height that the ashes (ther daies of Sacrifice beynge en­ded) remaine à whole yeare in the toppe of the same, not moued with troublous tēpestes, or vehement blastes: but thorow his great height, is free from all violence of win­des. What shall I speake of the Hill Caucasus, which di­uideth Albania & Colchis, from Sermatia (as doth ap­peare [Page 45] in the seconde Table of Asia, in Ptolomaeus Geo­graphie) which Aristotle doth esteme to be of such hight, that it may be sene at the mouth of the riuer maeotis. The distaunce of which, is from theforsaid Hill. 620. English miles. Moreouer you shall see no place, but either flat, or els full of Hylles, Dales, Valeis, or suche like, whiche is farre from â Globe forme, & figure.

Phil.

Yet do all these wordes nothing cōclude. Do you not cōsider, that the sight is deceiued in thinges from it,Th'answere to the first obiec­tion. farre distaunt. And therfore I will in fewe wordes an­swere you, that these Hilles, Mountaines, & Vallies, are no more in quantitie (respect beyng had to the whole Earth,) thē the Pittes & holes of à rough polished Gū ­stone, to the stone: whiche although it be not smoth, yet it argueth nothing lesse then this gunstone not to be roūde, & like a Globe in fourme: yea, & then the bodye of theTh'earth is a stone. Earth beyng a rough stone, harde, & not so apt to be po­lished, as the body of the Water, doth remaine with such vallies & Hilles as you haue saide, & in manye places these vallies ar filled with water, to the more apt propor­tiō of à Globe. Moreouer, Nature cōsidering the neces­sitie of th'inhabitauntes in this Center, left suche fourme vnto it as might for ther vse most cōueniently serue.

Spou.

For what cause suppose you th'Earth to be à stone?

Philo.

If it were not à stone but Sande, or Clay in substaunce, then the water being mixt with it, they both should be cōfounded in them selues: yea & the hie Hilles, & Moūtaines, (of which you made mentiō) shoulde sinke, & settle downe to the Center of [Page 46] th'Earth: seynge, they are so ponderous, & heauie, & not be sustained, & borne vp as they are in the face of th'Earth. But for the further cōfirminge you in that, which is spoken, aunswere me. Imagine there were à great rounde trunke of Timber, which went thorow the whole Earth directly by the Center, & then there were à great heauie stone put in at this Trūke: how farre sup­pose you this stone should descende?

Spoud.

Vntill the center of th'Earth, & myddes of the Trunke.

Philo.

In like case, if th'earth were not an hard, & stonie substaunce, but Clay or Sāde (as to our sightes doth appeare) these Hilles, & rockes beyng much heauier then any stone, should in like sort go to the Cēter of th'earth. But haue you any other doubtes?

Spou.

Yea verely, & that is, th'Earth to be flat.The 2. obiectiō

Philo.

What prouoketh you so to iudge?

Spou.

This reason, that th'Earth must be in forme most agreable to the Heauens. And that the Heauēs be flat, I can proue by th'authoritie of Lactantius Firmianus.Th'answere.

Philoni.

It is truely said, that knowledge hath no ene­mie but ignoraunce. There are nowe at these daies, no small numbre of Lactantius sort, not scrupulous enemies onely, but also Physicians, of whome I am ashamed to speake, & they do contempne that knowledge (whiche is the greatest & suerist token of Gods prouidence for mankind) either by peruerse interpreting the scripture, or els of mere follie, dispisinge that, of whiche they neuer tasted, & are vtterly ignorant in. But such wer very ill to be Iudges, for they would condemne the man, or they [Page 47] knew the crime of whiche he were accused: but let that passe. As touchyng your opinion, that th'Earth is flat, I will proue it to be rounde from th'East to the West: and in like maner, from the North, to the South.

Spou.

Then must I nedes graūt that it is in like sorte rounde in all partes.In lib. 1. de Mundo.

Philon.

I wyll vse the same argumētes that Cleomedes doeth. If th'Earth were flat, then the sterres should rise at the same moment to vs, that they do to them whiche dwell in th'East parts of the world: & it should be mid­day with vs, & them at one instaunt: yea & the same Starres should set in the Weast in lyke maner with thē, and vs.

Spoud.

That they do not, I am most sure: for at Alexādria, à citie in Egipt, it is day iij. hou­res sooner then with vs: & night in like sorte. Yea & at Compostell in Spaine (which is West from vs) the daye begynneth with vs sooner by one houre & a halfe, then with them: and is daye with them, after the Sonne is set with vs, in like sort one houre, & xxx. minutes.

Philo.

And all this cometh, because th'Earth is round, causing vs & them not to haue one generall Horizont. The like reason is to be said of the diuersities of times, in the beginning of an Eclipse, either of Sonne, or Mone. As for exāple, th'Eclipse of the Mone, which was 1556.Example of ij. Eclipses of the Moone. the 17. day of Nouēber, at one of the clocke in the mor­ning, with vs at Norwiche, (& for the moste parte of Englande) which in the Horizont of Calicut, began at vij. of the clock. In like sort, ther shall happē an Eclipse of the Mone, in the yeare of Christ our sauior. 1562. the [Page 48] 16. daye of Iuly, at two of the clocke, iiij. minutes in the morning: at which time she shalbe totallie darkened, & continew from the beginning to th'ende iij. houres, and yet th'inhabitauntes at Calicut, shall not see anye parte therof: whiche moste euidently sheweth the roundnes of th'Earth to be the cause, as this Figure here folowing do more plainely set out: in which, E. signifieth th'Earth: A. the East: C. the West: D. the verticall pointe for Nor­wich: & B. in like maner, the Zenit of Calicut. Wher­by it is manifest that the Mone shalbe perfitly sepera­ted from the Sonne, or she shall appeare in the Horizōt of Calicut. And yet we in England, & diuers other places East, shall se bothe beginning, & ende of her Eclypsing.

[figure]
Spoud.

These are suf­ficiēt probatiōs to declare th'Earth roūd, frō th'East to the West: but by what argument can you shewe it to be also rounde from the South to the North?

Philo.

That is very easie to proue. For if th'Earth were flat from the South, to the North, then we should se the south Sterres vnder th'Earth: as well as those that be North alway in our sight. And againe, the Sonne, Mone, & Sterres, at midde day through the vniuersal yere, should be euer in one height: which also is false.

Spoud.

Yea, for I haue had practise of that thinge, [Page 49] saylinge in à shippe, for we goynge from th'Equinoctiall Line northwarde, did see the North, & south Poles, equall with the Water. But directing our course more to the north coast, & leauing th'Equinoctial, we reared the north starre in short space. xij. degr. & at lēgth, 30. deg. & loking south, we could not se the southe Pole, nor yet many other sterres which in th'Equinoctial, were visible to vs.

Phi.

Yea, & wher your north starre was eleua­ted xxx. degrees, your south Pole was xxx. degrees de­pressed in like maner: But for the firmer fixynge it in your memory, behould this Figure: in the which C. signi­fieth both th'Earth, and water, A. the north Pole, & B. the south, therefore if one go from B. to A (the earth being roūd) he must haue B. so muche vnder him, as A is aboue his Ho­rizōt. There are besides these many, & sūdry rea­sons, to proue this thing: which I may omit (as I suppose) to you, which nede no lenger probatiō, in that whiche is most manifest.

[figure]
Spo.

Yet theis argumēts shall not onely stay my mind in à trueth, but also with the same I shal cō fute th'errors of other, if any shal spring about this mat­ter.Ptolomaeus. Cleomedes. Philo. Aristotle. E. Reignholt. Orontius.

Phil.

Then I wyll exhort you, wher these shall not seme sufficient, you will gather more & stronger out of Ptolomaeus Almegiste, Cleomedes de mundo, Philo de mundo, Aristotle, Erasmus Reignholt, Orontius, [Page 50]

Hic canet errantē Lunam, Solis (que) labores
Arcturū (que), pluuias (que) hyad. gēinos (que) triōes

[Page 51] Iohn de Sacrobosco, & oure countreyman master Re­corde, which doeth almost repete all their argumentes, in the Castell of knowledge. And nowe behold the Type of the world, conteinyng in it, as well the heauenly Re­giō, with suche Spheres, & Circles, as haue bene in sun­dry partes before set forth in this treatise: as also th'Ele­mentarie region, comprehendyng the Fier, Aëre, Wa­ter, & Earth: in suche order & forme, as is cōsonant & agreyng both with Reason, Practise, and Authori­tie of most approued authors. And for this time we will depart: for beholde the Sonne is gone to rest, & Hespe­rus do shewe in the West verie brighte, all other liuynge thinges also do apply them to take rest: therfore let vs go downe this Hill into the Citie, refreshyng our selues, & quickening memorie, & to morow I wil mete you in this same place agayne.

Spoud.

I thanke you hertly.

Philoni.

Let me here & you can repete the summe of such thinges, as we haue taken in hande this day, as we walke downeward.

Spoud.

With à right good wyll.

  • 1 Firste, you shewed me what Cosmographie was, what Geo­graphie, and what Chorographie, yea, and wherein euery of them differeth from other.
  • 2 Next, what the world was, with his partes (that is to saye) the Heauenly Region, & Elementary: with à briefe Dis­course, touchinge the Partes, and order of the Heauenly Region.
  • 3 Thyrdly, what a Sphere is, howe it is deuided into a Right, and Croked Sphere: And howe it differeth from a Cirle.
  • [Page 52]4 Forthly, what a Center was, what an Axe tree, what a Dia­meter, and of theyr difference.
  • 5 Fiftlye, of the Principall Circles whiche are saide to be in this Sphere. As the Horizont, Meridian, Aequinoctiall, Zodiake, two Colures, the two Tropickes, the Circles Arc­ticke, and Antarctick. Also that the Horizont; and Meri­dian Circles be stable, and without motiō, with diuers other thinges herto belonging.
  • 6 Last, you proceded to the second part of the world, which is th' Elementarie Region: In which you refuted sundry opini­ons, touching the forme of th' Earth.
Philo.

Nowe I perceiue bothe your apte nature in conceiuing such thinges as are spoken, & also your firme memory in reteining the same. Wherefore you shall en­courage me, to geue you further instructions. But for this time I must bid you fare well.

Spou.

God preserue you, & graunt you life to ac­complishe your desire, in profiting your countrey, as you do entende.

Amen.

THE SECONDE BOOKE OF the Cosmographicall Glasse: in which is plainly expressed the Order, and Number, of Zones, Paralleles, and Climates. Also sun­dry waies for th'exacte findyng out of the Meridiane Line: The Longitude, & Latitude, of places: with many other preceptes, belongyng to the making of a Carte, or Mappe.

Spoudaeus.

MORPHEVS THE God of dreames, with his slepie rodde, so much this last night frequented my companie, that (my bodye taking rest) my mind was much more busilie traue­ling in such conclusions as I had learnid of Philoni­cus, thē it was in the time of his teaching. For some time Morphêus shewed me the Sonne, in the tropicke of Ca­pricorne,Whā the Sōne is in the Tro­pick of Capri­corne. In both Aequi noctiall poin­tes. farre in the South, among the cloudye skies, as he comenly is the. 13. day of December: And next he ap­pered in th' Equinoctiall pointes, as it is the tenth daye of March, and the. 14. of Septēb. willing me with great di ligēs to note that parallele circle. Shortly after the sōne appeared in the tropicke of Cancer, in whiche place he isIn the Tropick of Cancer. the. 12. daye of Iune, causing in our region the lōgest day in the yere. & imediatly the time semed as it were mid­night, & Charles Wayne, with Bootes, & diuers other sterres, turned about the Pole. But as he wold haue ca­ried me about the heauēs, to haue shewid me the North [Page 54] Crowne, stronge Hercules, Cassiopeia, th' Egle, the flieng Horse, mightie Orion, the two Dogges, & the famous, & great shippe Argo. &c. Mercury the messenger of the Godes came to my bedde side, & saide, Aurora did appeare, & Phebus with his goldē beames, was entred his chariot, minding to finishe his diurnall Arcke: so that it was à reproche for me, any lōger to play the sluggard: declaringe more ouer that Philonicus was in the fildes. And surely I suppose no lesse, but I shall not from him be longe absent. I am iustly reprehended of Mercury, be­cause the time that is cōsumed with slepe more then na­ture requireth, is all lost: for ther spring no profit therof, but sicknes & disquietnes, both of body & minde. But what is he that calleth Spoudaeus, & beckneth with his hand? It is Philonicus. I will make spede to mete him.

Philon.

God saue you Spoudaeus.

Spoud.

And you also, moste hertilie I require the Gods: you know th' occasiō (I trust) of my resorting into this place.

Philo.

For to be further instructed in the knowledge of Cosmographie.what is taught in this seconde Booke.

Spoud.

It is verely my desire, & specially to know the Longitude, Latitude, & circuit of th' Earth, and of the diuisiō of it into Climates, to know the meanyng of Zo­nes, & paralleles: to finde out the Meridiane line, the longitude & latitude of any place: because they haue à singular vse in this Arte.

Philo.

You haue repeted matter ynough to cōsume this day in, & I wyll if tyme permitte, willingly satisfie your request. But seynge this thinge doeth depende chiefly of [Page 55] dimention, & measuringe: it is requisite to knowe that first, yea & the principall partes of it.

Spou.

Dimention is no other thing, then à lōgitudeWhat Dimē ­tion is. knowen, & practised: by which we maye in like maner, measure th'vnknowē distaunce of places by the same ex­perience.

Philo.

Trew it is. And there are thre thinges only which may be measured. For either it is à line, as Longitude: or els à Plat forme, as Latitude: or last, à body, as thicknes, or profunditie.

Spoud.

Glarianus hath the like saying, & Campanus sheweth wherof these three do spring, in this maner. AWhat a Point is. What a Lyne is. point (saith he) is that which haue no partes, yet by the mouyng of it, à lyne is described. And a lyne, moued be­cause it hath length (beynge voide of breadth & depe­nes) cā but describe a platWhat a Plat fourme is. forme. This plat forme, is both a rounde plat forme, & also a flatte, as in these figures. And a plat forme moued, because it hathe lēgth & breadth, descri­beth a Body, hauing bothWhat a Body is. length, breadth, & depe­nes.

Philo.

Hereto agreeth youre Pathway. Now proced we further. Because in this Arte, the chiefe measures we vse, is a Pase, a Forlōg, a lequè,

A rounde plat forme.

A plaine plat forme.

[Page 56] a Mile, a Degree &c. I wil set before your eyes in this Table both the diuersitie of miles, & also their exacte length, placing a Barly corne (being the least measure) as the rule, wherby other measures shalbetried. And like as progression is made from the least vnto the moste, as from a point, to a lyne: from a lyne, to a plat forme: and from a plat forme, to a body: euen so in the quantitie of measures, we do go frō a barly corne, to a finger breadth: from a finger breadth, to an vnch: frō an vnch, to an hād breadth: from an hand breadth, to a spanne: frō a spāne, to a fote: from a fote, to a pase: & so forth to a pearch, a furlong, a lequè, a mile, as in this Table is manifest and playne.

A Barly corne is the least mea sure, yet from it do all other mea sures procede, as

  • A Finger breadth,
  • An Vnche.
  • A Hande breadth.
  • A Spanne.
  • A Fote.
  • A Geomtricall Pase.
  • An Englishe Pearche.
  • A Furlonge.
  • An Englishe Furlonge.
  • A Leque.
  • An Italian mile.
  • A comon Germaine mile
  • An Englishe mile.

Contey­ninge in it.

  • 4 Barly cornes in thick­nes.
  • 3 Fingers.
  • 4 Fingers.
  • 3 Hande breadth.
  • 4 Hande breadth.
  • 5 Fiue fote.
  • 16 Fote & a halfe.
  • 125 Pase.
  • 660 Fote, or 132. Pase.
  • 1500 Pase.
  • 1000 pase, or 8. furlōgs
  • 32 Furlonges.
  • 8 Furlonges.

There is also diuersitie what a Furlong should con­teine in length, & it should appeare that Ptolomaeus, Strabo, & Plinius, do not agree herin.Lib. 2. cap. 23. Natura. hist.

Spou.

What call you this worde Furlong?

Philon.

That which the Grecians call [...] & Pli­nie name it stadium [...]. That is, à statione. And it is vsurped, for a place where men exercise ther horse, ronnyng a rase, which length Plinie determineth to be 125. pases, or. 625. fote, by which reason. 8. of these fur­longes [Page 57] do make an Italian or Englishe mile, which be­yng multiplied by 4. makes. 32. furlonges, the length of a comon Germanie mile, I call it à common Germaine mile, for that in Heluetia not obseruing any true distāceHeluetian mi les. in theyr iorneis, they vse 40. or. 50. furlōges for a mile.

Spou.

Those are Robin Hodes miles as the prouerbe is.

Phi.

There is also a diuers order in measure obserued, as th' Aegiptians by signes: the Gretians by furlonges: the Spaniardes, & French men by leques: the Italiās, Germaines, & Englishmen, by miles: which I thought mete to declare, more for that it may further you in rea­ding theyr workes, then that I entende to introduce in place any of ther waies, but wil vse only th' English mile,The quantitie of an Englishe mile. writing to Englishe men: the quantitie wherof as I said, is 8. furlonges: euery furlonge conteining 132. pases: eue­ry pase 5. fote: euery fote, 4. handbreadthes: euery hand breadth, 4. fingers in thicknes: euery finger, 4. Barly cornes rounde & dried. So that an Englishe mile con­teineth in length. 253440. Barly cornes, as by the rules of Arithmetike, is manifest & plaine.

Spoud.

This semeth very straunge, yea rather incre­dible, yet surely to be trew, I am assured.

Philon..

You shall vnderstande matters, both more straunge, & pleasaunt then this, which is founde out by th' infalible rules of Arithmetik, & Geometrie: & now procede we to our purpose, beginning with this word Lō ­gitude.

Spoud.

I take it for no other thinge then the distaunce of à Starre, or part of à signe, from the be­ginning of Aries the first signe, in the Zodiake. As the [Page 58] Virgines spike, in the xvij. degree. xlij. minutes of Li­bra: is vj. signes, xvij. degrees, & xlij. minu. or 197. de­grees. xlij. minu. from the head of Aries.

Philo.

That signification of Lōgitude, is vsed amongLongitude ta­ken two waies th' Astronomers: but in Cosmographie it is otherwise. For they call the Longitude of any Region, the portion of th' Equinoctiall Circle, which is included betwixte the Canarian Ilandes, (in the West beyng the first degre of Longitude) & the Meridiane of the Regiō, that thou wilt describe. Such portiō of th' Equinoctiall in the mid­des of Englande (from the fornamed Ilandes) is about xxij. degrees.

Spoud.

Then in describinge the face of th' Earth, Cosmographers do place the first degre of Lō ­gitude in the West fortunate Ilandes, & so proced tho­row the whole face of the same, vntill they come to that place agayne.

Philo.

It is so as you say. So that the myddes of th' Earth is 180. degrees, from the West. Such are th' East Indians, & 360. is the furdest that one can be from the West.

Spou.

But could not the de­grees of Longitude be accompted from some other parte of th' Earth, as well as from th' Iandes afore said?

Philo.

Yes verely: but Ptolomaeus the restorer of thisPtolomaeus. Art, placed the first degree of Longitude in them, as the furdest point of the confines & boundes of Afrike, &Hercules Pil­lers. Europe: as the famous, & excellent pillers of Hercules (called of Diodorus (alpe, & Abyle) doth declare. The cause which moued Ptolomaeus thus to do, you shal findeIn Prologo li. 2. Geographiae in his Geographie.

Spoud.

And is ther the like difference, betwixt Cosmographers & Astronomers cō ­cerning [Page 59] the signification of the Latitude of à region, as ther was in the Longitude?

Philo.

No verely: For they meane nothing els by theWhat Latitud is. Latitude of à region, but th' Arke, or portion of the Me­ridiane circle, conteined betwixt the Pole of the world, & the Horizont of the same region.

Spou.

And is not this Latitude, reconed frō th' Equi­noctiall vnto either of the Poles?

Philo.

It is, as in like maner the Longitude, from the West to th' East.

Spoud.

Yet Glarianus accōp­tethGlarianus errour. the Latitude from the North to the South, & not from th' Equator towarde either of the Poles.

Philon.

It is à small errour, & you your selfe are able to refute it. But nowe will I shewe vnto you howe muche the circuite of th' Earth is, & then make mention of the Zones.

Spou.

Sir, neuer take it in hande, for the comon people will iudge you madde: seynge you neither haue gone about the viij. parte of it, neither yet for want of yeres you might acheue such an enterprise, althoughe you had so long life giuen you, as Nestor had, because of the hougie Seas, greate Riuers, & depe Lakes, besides Wodes, Rockes, deserte places, & innumerable perils: which I can not repete.

Philon.

You haue trewly sayd, if ther were none other way to atteine to it, thē by traueling about it: but it shalbe sufficient to haue traue­led any portiō of this great circuit. For Ptolomaeus she­wethHowe to finde out the Circuit of th' Earth. how to find out the Circuit of th' Earth, by searching the distaunce of à great Circle, cōprehended betwixt the vertical points of two (or more) places, distaūt à sunder.

Spoud.
[Page 60]

By what meane shall I finde out the vertical pointThe verticall Poynte, Zenit or Pole of the Horizont, is so much distance from the E­quinoctiall, how much the Pole is eleua­ted aboue the Horizōt. And like as the me­ridian, euer do describe the Northe and Southe costes: so dothe the verticall Pa­rallele, the East and West.?

Phi.

It is equall to the Pole Arctike (the finding of whiche, hereafter I will teache you) & you maye vse th' one for th' other: thē you also in like maner must know the distaunce in miles of these places, after diuid the di­staunce of the two places, by the differēce of the two ver­ticall pointes, & the quotiēt shall shew you howe manye miles do answere to one degree of the saide Circle in the Heauēs. But or we further proced, marke this figure, in which C. is th' earth, A. B. the distaunce of two placis in th' Earth, D. E. the space of the greate Circle in Heauen, betwixte the two verticall pointes.

[figure]

Now diuiding the space, A. B. by D. E. the quotiēt shal shew the nūber of mi­les. As for exāple: I take th' eleuatiō of the pole at Ports­mouth, whiche is the furdest place on the south shore of Englande, & finde it, 51. degr. 20. minutes: & in likeAn example. sort at Barwike, the furdest place North, whose Lati­tud is 56. deg. 50. mi. The differēce of these. 2. eleuatiōs is. 5. degrees, 30. minutes. Also the directe distaūce from Portsmouth to Barwicke, is 330. miles. Therefore diui­ding the. 330. miles (which is the portiō of th' Earth, an­swering the differēce of these 2. Eleuatiōs) by the 5. de­grees, & 30. minutes, which is the difference: I find the [Page 61] quotient to be. 60. Wherefore in all places in Englande 60. miles, answer to one degre of any great Circle in the heauen.

Spoud.

Then I pray you retorne to your fi­gure againe, and conferre it with your example.

Philo.

I wil so do. First. A. do represent Barwike. B in like maner Portsmouth, whose eleuations of the pole Arcticke is set ouer their heades. The distance frō. A. to. B. 330. miles, the portion of the heauen betwixte the ij. eleuations is. 5. degrees. 30. minuts: by which I did de­uide the distance of th' Earth. A. B. findinge the quo­tient. 60. And in like sorte you may worke with anye o­ther places in th' Earth.

Spoud.

This serueth well for to knowe what portion of th' Earthe in Englande, answereth to th' Arke of anye greate Circle conteined betwixt the Zenit of two seue­rall places. But what is thys in respect of the Circuit & compasse of the hole Earth?

Philo.

Yet by this you are able to declare how manye miles answer to. 30. degrees?

Spou.

Yea verely, and that easely.

Philo.

And by the same ordre you may find that. 21600. English miles, answere vnto. 360. degrees whyche is the compasse of the heauēs.

Spou.

This is so euident that all men must nedes cōfesse it, but it semeth very meruailus.

Ph.

What say you then (which is more) if I make you presentlye to find how many barly cornes in thicknes wil go about the Horizont, if thei might be placed equally?

Spo.

It se­meth impossible to be brought to passe by any mans de­uise, & therfore you had best omit the worke.

Phi.
[Page 62]

You know how many barly cornes will extend the lēgth of an English mile.

Spo.

Yes sir, you said. 253440. maketh a mile in length.

Phi.

Thē if. 253440. cornes make à mile: shall not 5474304000. barly cornes an­swer to. 21600 miles.

Spo.

And is there any differenceDiuersitie of opinions tou­ching th'earth his circuit. towchīg the cōpasse of th'earth?

Ph.

Yes for Ptolo. saith 22500. mil. the circuit of th'earth. Tibitius & Alphra­ganus but. 20400. Eratosthenes. 31250. & Hipparchus 34625.

Spo.

And you differ frō thē all: but wherof doth all this diuersitie spring?

Phi.

Ether of the diuersitie of the measures, or els that the places Latitudes wer not exactly knowē. As Ptolom. making example of Alexā ­dria & Rodia, calleth Rodia 36. deg. & 50. mi: Wher it is 38 degr. &. 30. min. now behold the Figure.

[figure]

[Page 63] And seyng you haue learned sufficiently what the Lō ­gitude, Latitude, Circuit, or Compasse of th'Earth is: it should seme very requisite to make playne relatiō, which places of th'Earth are habitable, & which be not.

Spoud.

That thing is very expedient aswel, for the conseruation, as also reperation, & restoring a man vn­to health lost. For by that inuention the temperature of th'Aëre, is easely founde out.

Phil.

You haue well spoken, & therfore we wyll con­uerte our talke vnto the zones.

Spou.

It should seme first requisite to declare the na­ture of Paralleles, for by the distinction of them (as I remēber) the Zones are founde out.

Philo.

It is so, but here note that there are Paralleles which diuideth the Longitude of Regions, & are called Paralleles of Longitude, & also Paralleles of Climates (which in there place I will declare) makinge here men­tion but of v. onely, which haue principall vse in the di­stinctiō of zones. As th'equinoctial, the ij. tropikes, theWhat a Zone is. circles Arcttike, & Antarctike. And these deuide the face of th'Earth in fiue portiōs, or partes, & are called zones, in French bēdes, & we may aptly call thē equi­distaunt places, or Girdles.

Spou.

And howe is th'Earth diuided into fiue Zones according to the v. parallele Circles?

Phi.

I will shewe you after Par­menidesParmenides. Possidomus. mind, vnto whō Possidonius (as Strabo witnes­seth) ascribeth th'inuentiō. First directly vnder th'equi­noctial in the heauēs, ther is also in the mides of th'earth an Equino. imagined, & vnder the tropick in the heauē, [Page 64] two tropike Circles in th' Earth: and finallye, vnder the two polary circles in the Heauen, two circles in th' Earth answering in like proportiō: so that th' Earth is parted in v. equall portiōs, which are called zones, as this Figure doeth manifestly set out.

[figure]
Spoud.

Do you not in this Figure call euery portion betwixt two paralleles: à zone?

Phil.

Yes verely, as the space betwixt the tropike of Cacer, & Capricorn, in Graeke is called [...], with vs the burning zone,The bur­ning zone. because the sonne goeth ouer th' inhabitauntes heades cōtinually. Also betwixt the tropicke of Cancer, &Temperate zones. the Circle Arctike, [...]. or the temperate zone.

And the portiō betwixt the circle Arctick & the northFrosē Zones Pole [...] we call it Frosen. In lyke maner with th' o­ther two zones southe from th' Equinoctiall, the tempe­rate south zone is called [...], and the frosen zone, [...].

Spou.
[Page 65]

Yet by my computation your table sheweth sexe zones: Two frosen zones, two temperate, and two bur­ninge zones: for the space betwixte the two Tropicke Paralleles, is deuided equally of th' Equinoctiall.

Phi.

You are in the same error that Polybius was (asPolybius er­ror. testifieth Strabo) but Proclus hereto do aptly answer, where he speke of zones, and I will repeate his wordes of this burning zone only, omitting the rest, whereby it [...]. shalbe euident vnto you, that there are not two, but one burning zone, his wordes are these.

[...].’

‘Reliqua quae inter memoratas quatuor medium locū tenet, quod sub ipso Solistransitu iacet, torrida nuncupatur: à terestri equato­re in duas partes diuisa.’

Th' other zone (saith Proclus) which is in the mids of the. iiij. aforesaid, because it lieth vnder the course of the sonne, is called burning: and is deuided of th' earth­ly Aequinoctiall, in two equall portions.

Spoud.

But what compelled Proclus to saye that it is but one zone: Seinge it is deuided in two, by the aforesaide earthlye Aequinoctiall? I wil tel you, because ther is no alteratiō of the quality, & tēperature of the heauēs betwixt the space and distance of the. ij. Tropikes, but continuallye hote al the yere (by resō of the sōnes iornay in the zodi­ake as in the figure you may se) therfore not only Pro­clus but also Plato, Aristotle, Strabo, Ouide ād Uirgil yea & al authors do make their accōpt but of. v. zones.An obiection.

Spo.

It shuld seme that this burning zone, for the fer­uēt heat, & the. ij. frosen zones so far distant from the sōnes course, shuld not be habitable, as Ouide doth rightLib. 1. Meta­morphos. excellently in these verses set out.

Vt (que) duae dextra coelum, totidem (que) sinistra
Parte, secant zonae: quinta est ardentior illis:
Sic onus inclusum numero distinxit eodem
Cura dei, totidem (que) plagae tellere praemuntur:
Quarum, quae media est, non est habitabilis aestu.
Nix tegit alta duas, totidem inter vtras (que) locauit,
Temperiemque dedit, mista cum frigore flamma.
Like as the Zones into v. partes do right the Heauens diuide,
Euen so, for th' Earth à nūbre like, nature did well prouide
The middest of thē all men eschew, the burning is so fell.
In the zones next the Poles through could, no creature long maye dwell.
Bitwixt these, & the burning Zone, two other se you may,
For tempratnes replenished with liuinge thinges alway.
Philo.

Well, bycause I will not haue you to erre withThe Answer. Poëtes, & other that suppose these not habitable, I will take the more diligence to driue this Heresie out of yourPtolomaeus. Auicenna. heade, & althoughe Ptolomaeus, & Auicenna were of sufficient authoritie, to make you credit this thing, affir­minge that they haue sene men whiche did inhabite be­twixt th' Equinoctiall, & the tropike of Cancer: yea, & that, ther ar many notable Cities, & Villages: yet I wil vse other reasons then testimonies in this behalfe. And first answer me: Is not the heate of the Sōne cause (that in the Sūmer ceason he inclining toward our habitatiō) that mens colour in ther faces & hādes are made blac­ker, then naturally they are?

Spoud.

Yes verely: & I haue sene some dwellers in litle Vilages, as Plowmen, Heardmen, & Shepehards maruelously sonneburnt.

Philon.

What wil you cōiecture then of those people that are blacke, face, body & all externe partes of them, doeth it not come of the heate of the Sōne?

Spoud.

It muste nedes so be, and I haue sene men of that colour, & we call them [Page 67] Aethiopians.

Philo.

Very well, & do not you be­leue that the countrey where they dwell, must of force be vnder the beames of the Sōne?

Spou.

Els it could not folow that ther colour should so much differ frō ours.

Philon.

And there is no place vnder the perpendi­culer Sōne beames, but only this burning Zone: & Ara bia (sumwhat frō the Sōne beames situated) is the cause that th' inhabitauntes, are not so blacke as the Aethio­pians: nor the Spaniardes, as th' Arabians: or Frēchmē, as the Spaniardes.

Spoud.

And the Germaynes haue their skinne whiter then the Frenchemen: & we here in Englande, then all these: so that the furder from this burninge Zone, the whiter the skie: and the nerer th' Equinoctiall, the blacker, & more adust & burnt.

Philo.

Moreouer the Nauigatiō to Calicute, (ofVesputius Columbus. which voiage Vesputius, & Columbus were the first au­thors, & nowe more frequented of the spanierdes, then sayling into coūtreis nie adiacēt to vs) do witnes beare, that vnder this burning Zone there are inhabitaūtes.

Spou.

by these wordes it is manifest, that the burning Zone is not habitable onely, but also inhabited. And as touchinge the temperate Zones, no man is so folishe, or madde, as to denie them to be replenished with all liuing creatures abūdantly: wherfore if you can proue that the two Zones, next the Poles are also habitable, you shall as farre banish this errour frō me, as the Sōne doth dar­kenes.

Philoni.

Although Ptolomaeus do not describe any parallele beyonde Thylim, whiche is two degr. & more of this side of the Circle Arctike. And [Page 68] that for the situatiō of it, farre distant from the beames of the sonne, and therfore the Waters cōtinually frosen and th'Earth with Snow couered: Yet Erasmus Reign­holtErasmus Reignholt. (and that truley) describeth a Parallele by Hiel­so, an Ilād in Norway which is. 9. degrees beyonde the polary or Arctike circle. Also the grene lande, and in di­uers countreis there inhabited, and the inhabitants are called in Greke [...] in Latine Periscij, and we may call them aptly inhabitantes which haue there shadowe daily declininge vnto all partes of the Horizont.

Spo.

Then I perceiue that both the burning zone, & also the frosen are habitable and not that only, but also inhabited, although not so plentifullye as the temperate zone. But nowe sence ther is offered good occasion to in­treat of shadowes, and their diuersitie▪ yea and the place serueth aptly for it, or we do further procede. Wherfore I require you, to turne our cōmunicatiō to this matter.

Phi.

With a right willing mind. You must first vnder­stād that of the diuersitie of shadowes, ther ar. iij. diuers distinct habitatiōs of people found, that is to say, [...]. whiche names also the latinest vse, Am­phiscij, Heteroscij, Periscij, & we wāt apt English ter­mes for them, yet I will make it plain thoughe I vse the more wordes. And first I wil speke of those which we call Amphiscij. You do marke wel that the sonnes course, &Amphiscij. recourse continuallie in the Zodiak maketh the shadow long, and short?

Spou.

I know that well, and the ne­rer he cometh toward vs, the shorter is the shadow, and the furder he goeth frō vs, the lōger he geueth a shadow.

Philo.
[Page 69]

It is so as you say. But how thinke you, is ther not some place that hath no shadow?

Spoud.

There can be no such.

Philo.

If the greatest declination of the Sonne from th'Equinoctiall nere to the zenit, & ver ticall poynt, make the shadow shortest that can be in thy region: then where he goeth ouer any zenit, there muste be no shadow.

Spou.

It should seme to follow.

Phil.

Yea it muste of necessitie so be.

Spoud.

But where is there any such, ouer whose heades the Sōne di­rectly goeth?

Philo.

Suche be those that dwell in the burning Zone, which (as I said) is betwixt the two Tropikes, so that when the Sonne is in the beginning of Aries, and Libra, they haue no shadowe, and thereforeAscij hath two Somers & two Win­ters. lib. 9. Plinius calleth thē [...], Ascij, or people withoute sha­dow. And because he is twise yerely in these poynts, thei haue two sommers, and in like case two winters, for that he declineth to the Tropikes of Cancer, and Capricorne.Libro. 9. Wherfore Lucanus spake of such inhabitants very apt­ly, in this these verses following.

Depraensum est hunc esse locum, quo circulus alti
Zolstitii, medium signorum percutit orbem.
This is the place where th'Equinoctiall diuides
The Zodiake in twaine, causinge two Somer tides.
Spoud.

I remember that Ptolomaeus in his Alme­gistLib. 2. cap. 4. maketh mention of such inhabitantes, and nameth also such as dwel vnder the tropikes Ascij, but yet I shuld not haue called it to mind if you had not geuē th'occatiō.

Philo.

Yet thys people whan as the sonne declyneth Northward from them, haue a shadow, which shadow falleth at none stede directlye southe (for of other sha­dowes [Page 70] I make no accompte).

Spoud.

It must neades so be, for the sōne is North frō that thing which geueth the shadowe.

Philon.

And whan the sonne is in the winter poynt, vnto what coste do the shadowe decline?

Spoud.

It shall fall directly North by the reason of you aleaged.

Philo.

Here then you se the cause wher of these inhabitauntes were called Amphiscij, and we maye call them double or two folde shadowed.

Spou.

I vnderstand your meaning.

Philon.

TheHeteroscij. second be those, which haue the shadow continuallye, to­ward one coste, ether North or South.

Spou.

Then we be in the numbre of those, for we haue oure shadow directly North.

Phi.

And such be those that dwel in th' opposite place ofAntipodes. th' earth against vs (& therfore called Antipodes. For the so ne neuer comminge ouer their zenit, they haue the shadow into the South coste perpetually declining, as we haue into the Northe.

Spou.

This muste nedes be certainly true, but yet I do much meruaile therat.

Phil.

What so euer is rare, and not commonly sene and hard, is euer meruelous. And the Arabians commynge into Europe, meruailed as muche to see the shadowe Northwarde, as you do to here it is declined (with the aforesaid inhabitants) toward the South cost, & ther­fore Lucanus speaketh of them in this sort.Lib. 3.

Ignotum vobis (Arabes) venistis in orbem,
Vmbras mirati nemorum non iri sinistras▪
A Region vnknowne (Arabians) you finde:
Musing that the shadow, is still North declinde.
Spou.
[Page 71]

There remaineth yet to speke of the thirde sort of people which you named Periscij.

Phil.

They tokePeriscij. that name because thei (dwelling within the circles arctike & Antarctike) haue the shadow going round about the Horizont.

Spou.

But yet the shadowe moueth not so swiftlye aboute th' Earth with them, as it doeth with vs (and those you call Amphiscios) for wyth vs it goeth about from the West by the Northe, & so to the East in the space (that the sonne is in oure Hemisphere, & aboue th' earth, whiche at the most is in. xvij. houres.

Phi.

It is so.

Spou.

Thē seing the sonne goeth not out of ther sight for the space of. 182. dais, & xij. hours, whiche is there continuall daye: then it should go aboute the horizont but in that lōg place.

Phi.

That is false. For how think you, doth not the sonne circuit th' earth in xxiiij. houres continuallye?

Spou.

Yes verely.

Phil.

Thē doth the shadow go about their Horizōt in the same space of time, except you imagin those Perisci­os, to dwel without the circuit of th' earth.

Spo.

That were a poynt of demency or madnes: so that as oftē as he circuith th' earth, so oftē in lik case do ther shadow turne about the place of their horizont, which must neades be 182 times.

Phi.

I am glad you vnderstand the reasō of it, and now behold the table of shadowes.

A TABLE, OF SHADOVVES, SHEVVING THEIR PROPORTION VNTO THE GNOMON (it beyng deuided in 60. partes) for euery degree of the Sonnes altitude: and also the quantie of the Shadow in euery Country, Region, & City, thorowe the vniuersall Earthe, whan the Sonne is in the Aequi­noctiall, and Solsticiall poyntes.
The Sonnes Altitude.The Sha dow.Th' eleuatiō of the Pole.Shadow solstitial in somerAequi­noctiall ShadowShadow Solstici­all in wī.The Sonnes Altitude.The Sha dow.Th' eleuatiō of the Pole.Shadow Solstici­al in Sō.Aequi­noctiall ShadowShadow Solstiti­al in wī.
par.Mī par.Mīpar.Mīpar.Mī par.Mī par.Mīpar.Mīpar.Mī
13437241244913271846575646245362816016
21718102233625283547555747267642016912
3114452322243829534854148272266381794
48582421134113112495294928396911900
56854852035153232505020502956713020214
657051618536183354514835513 [...]157452160
748839717447223518524652523237764823135
842655816368263644534512533359793724926
93784991529930381154433554352382342705
103401610 [...]4221034394055421 [...]53648854129415
113084011131611394112564028563815885732257
122821612121012454245573857573945922335735
1325953131151351442158372958411696140016
142403814100145746059363594250995145412
15223551585616447416034386044261035452434
16209141675217124924613315614651081462017
17196151764818205111623154624746112507588
1818439185451929532633034634930117459741
191741519442203954566429156451171230136036
201645020338215056536527586553812839225344
21156182123523258546626436655113445654756
221483022132241461067252867565914121Infinite
231412123029252863106824146859114830num­bre.
24134452403326436525692326961615618 
2512839251362758674570215070631716450 
261230262382915701171203971653217415 
2711745273413034724372192972675218439 
2811250284443154752173182073701819615 
291181429548331578774171274725120914 
30113543065234388107516475752922355 
3199513175636384276145776781524038 
329613290372087137713517781925953 
339223331043857903478124578841128216 
34885734118402894579113979872330840 
358541351214421974980103480904434016 
3682343613194335101458193081941637849 
377937371425451210556828268298042655 
38764838153246521102383722831015848839 
39745391640483511588461884106957051 
40713040174850201201185515851103768548 
41691411857529125398641186115238582 
426638422065411313087388712028114452 
43642843211655571374988258812556171810 
4462844222757561444089138913148343724 
456004523396001527900001389Infinite 

[Page 73]Ther may many cōclusions by this table be wrought as you shal know or we depart: but now let vs furder proced cōcerninge our talke of zones, in which you must cōsider that these zones of which we haue intreated, ar deuided into climates, & regions.

Spo.

How doth à climatand à zone differ, they both wer for this cause first inuented, to make diuision of the face of th' earth into sōdry parts.

Philo.

I confesse no lesse, but they differ in this poynt,How a Zone & a Climate differ. that à Zone doth in it cōtain the fift portiō of th' earth, and à climate but only so much of th' earth, & the lōgest day in that place, do differ from th' equinoctial. xxx. mi­nutes, or half an hour, and are named. vii. in numbre, of all th' auncient Geographers.

Spoud.

Then the first climate shalbe in latitude. xvi. degrees. xliiij. minutes from th' equinoctiall, and the lō ­gest day, shall excede. xij. houres (whiche is the quanti­tie of the daye vnder th' equinoctiall) one houre: for so saithe Ptolomaeus.

Philon.

It is true, but heare you muste consider, thatPtolomaeus de uision of Cli­mates. Ptolomaeus deuideth euery climate in. iiij. equall porti­ons, & nameth them Paralleles: euery one of them cō ­teining in latitude. iiij. degrees, xviij. min. incresing the quantity of the longest day. xv. minutes: so that Ptolo­maeus (making the first climate xvi. degrees, xliiij. min. in Latitude from th' equinoctiall) meaneth the middes, and not the beginning of the climate.

Spou.

I praye you or we anye further proceade shewe me the significa­tion of a Parallele.

Philo.

[...] in Greke (whicheWhat a Pa­rallele is. we also do call à Parallele) is à Circle equally distaunt, [Page 74] from that which is drawne next him, and are described by the course of the sonne and starres, of which the grea­test is th' equinoctial: for that he is furdest frō the Poles, so that the nerer the poles, the lesse is the parallele: and the number of them Ptolomaeus maketh. xxj. as in this figure, in which I haue made. xxj. paralleles frō th' equi­noctiall,

[figure]

vnto both the poles Arctike & Antarctike, and now to our matter againe from whence we did digresse. You shall consider that euerye Climate hathe à proper name, for the suerer difference of one from an other: [Page 75] & taketh his name of some notable Citye, Mountaine, or Riuer, ouer which the mids of that Climate is drawn As for example.

  • The middes of the firste Climate goeth ouer a nota­ble Ilande of Nilus, called Meroë & of that we name it Dia Meroes, that is, the climat going ouer Meroë.
  • The seconde Climat is called Dia Syënes of a ci­tye in Egipt called Syënes.
  • The middes of the thirde climate is drawen ouer A­lexandria, an other Citye also in Egipt & therfore cal­led Dialexandrias.
  • The fourth goth ouer th' Iland of the Rodes, now in subiection to the great Turke, and is named Diarhodou.
  • The fift climate Dia Romes going ouer Rome som­time the head of the world, at this preset the sinck of sin.
  • The sixte Climate is named Dia Pontou, because it goeth ouer the Pontike seas named Euxinus.
  • The seuenth is drawē by Boristhenes a Citye so cal­led & therefore named Diaboristheneos, & not by the Ri [...]hean Mountanes as the vnlerned sort suppose: seing that they ar at the lest. x. deg. frō this climate distaunte.
Spou.

And what was the cause that they described no places, beyōd the. 7. climate: seing that ther are ma­ny inhabitāts, (as by your words do appeare) wher you made mention of the habitable places in th' earth?

Philo.

It was, ether because they supposed those pla­ces scāt, or with muche paines habitable for th' extreme cold: or els, that they knew not the parts North frō thē situated, as now we do,

Spou.

And do they not make [Page 76] mention of Climates drawne South from th'equinoctiall as of the North, of whiche you haue spoken?

Phi.

They do in like maner deuide that portion, into vij. Climates: but for that they knewe no notable places,South Clima­tes. (as in the north partes from th'equinoctiall) they gaue them the names of the North Climates, with this addi­tion Anti (that is to saye oppositie or againste) as An­tidiameroes, the Climate Southe from th'equinoctiall, opposite or agaynst the north Climat, drawn by Meroë. And so in like sort with th'other, as this figure shewith, in

[figure]

[Page 77] which .A. B. C. D. do represente the meridian circle, A. the Northe Pole, and .C. the Pole Antarctike .B. D. th'equinoctiall .E. F. the Tropike of Cancer: G. H. the Tropike of Capricorne: the Polary circles .I. K. and .L. M. The Climates of themselfes are euident, hauinge their proper names, to them ioyned: & are drawn from B. D. th'equinoctiall, toward the poles .A. C.

Spou.

Now I pray you declare the cōtinuation of the Climates, & paralleles.

Philo.

I wil fulfill your re­quest. The partes of th'Earth Northwardes beinge by painfull, & dāgerous nauigatiōs found out, are deuided also into Climates, we folowing the same ordre that Pto lomaeus, and th'aunciente Geographers vsed: tbat is, e­uery parallele to be distaunt from an other. 4. degrees, 18. minutes: and euery climate one from an other 7. de­greesThe quantitie of climates & Paralleles. 27. minutes: geuing them in like sort apte names of the places ouer which they are drawne: so that in our time, there is founde after the same inuention 96. Pa­ralleles, of which are made 24. climates, and for that it shall not easely be breuied in the poke of Obliuiō, behold I haue drawne out a Table, conteining in it the paralle­les & Climates with the places ouer whicb they directli are described: as also th'eleuation of the pole Arctike, vnto 90. degrees: and the quantity of the longest daye, answeringe vnto euery one of those degrees, whiche Table shall muche pleasure you, as hereaf­ter it shall be euident.

[Page 78]

A TABLE CONTEYNING THE NVMBRE OF PARALLELES, AND CLIMATES, VVITH th'Eleuation of the Pole Arcticke, & quantitie of the longest day & night answering hereto.
Paralleles af ter Ptolomae us.Paralleles more certayn & exacte.The number of Climates after th'olde Graecians vse.Climates af­ter th'inuen tion of Geo­graphers in our time.The names of Climates & Paralleles after som notable place in them.Th'Eleuati­on of the Pole arctick.The quanti­tie of the lon gest day.
11 1Vnder Th'Equinoctiall.00120
22   4181215
33 2 8341230
44   12431245
5513By th'Ilande Meroē.1644130
66   20341315
7724By Sy [...]ne vnder the Tro picke of Cancer.24111330
88   27361345
9935 3048140
1010  By Alexandria.33461415
111146By the Rhodes.36301430
1212   3931445
131357By Rome.4123150
1414   43321515
151568By Ponte Euxine.45311530
1616   47 [...]1154 [...]
171779By Boresthenes.491 [...]60
1818   50341615
1919 10By VViteberge.51591630
2020   5317 [...]645
2121 11By Grypsualde.5430170
2222   55361715
2323 12By Moscouia & Irlande.56381730
2424   57341745
2525 13 5827180
 26   59151815
2627 14 59591830
 28   60401845
2929 15 6118190
 30   61 [...]31915
2831 16 62251930
 32  By Orcades.62551945
2933 17 6322200
 34   63472015
 35 18 64102030
 36   64312045
3037 19All these Paralleles folow­ynge are drawen by places6449210
 38   6562115
 39 20in Norwey, and Sweuelād &c.65222130
 40   65 [...]52145
3141 21 6547220
 42   65582215
 43 22 6672230
 44   66152245
245 23 6621230
 46   66252315
 47 24 66292330
 48  Vnder th'Arct. Circle.66312343
3349   6632240

Paralleles after Pto­lomaeus.Paralleles more cer­taine and exacte.The names of the Paralleles af­ter the notable places, by which they are described. &c.Th'Eleua­tion of the Pole Ar­ctik.Continuall day in so­mer.Continu­all nyght in winter.
 50 6702311221
3451 673033173113
 52 6804114392
 53 6830486458
 54 6905435022
 55 79305912560
3556 70064 [...]16016
 57 7030694652
 58 7107313696
 59 71307717735
 60B [...] Laponia and the grene Lande7208117771
 61 723085148017
 62whiche after the opiniō of sundry730898846
3663Authors do continually without seperation Ioine with west India.733092228718
 64 7409610912
 65 74309921949
 66 750 [...]0359714
 67 75301061110017
 68 7601091610319
 69 76301122010620
 70 77011522 [...]0920
 71 773011822118 [...]7
 72 7801212211814
3773 78301242111811
 74 790127191217
 75 79301 [...]0171242
 76 8001331312620
 77 8030136812914
 87 81013931327
 79 8130141211350
 80 8201441413717
 81 823014771409
 82 830150014223
 83 83301521614513
3884 84015581484
 85 8430158015018
 86 850160151539
 87 8530 [...]63515522
 88 8601651915812
 89 863016891612
 90 8701702316315
91 8730173131664
 92 880176216816
 93 8830178161716
 94 890181517319
 95 8930183191769
 96 900186717822
Spou.
[Page 80]

Can they not in like maner, draw paralleles from th'Aequinoctiall Southward as they do North yea & geue them the same names of the Northe paralleles, with the Greke proposition anti, as thei do in climates?

Phi.

Yes verely, & they so do, vntill by their trauelsSouth Paralle les. they haue found out the Regiōs, Ilands, Hilles, Riuers & such notable things, of which in like sort the south cli mates & paralleles may take denomination. As at this presēt ther ar South paralleles, which are opposite to the North, & places foūd out, of which they may veri apt­ly take name.

  • As the parallele (opposite vnto the North pa­rallele, which goeth by the Canarian Ilands, is drawne by the Riuer Nilus, and Mons Lunae, the Mount of the Moone.
  • The parallele opposite to that which is drawne by Syëne, goeth by the Ilandes Mendacascar, Peuta, Necura, the greater Iaua, Candin, and the kingdome of Coilum.
  • The parallele opposite to that whiche is drawne by Damascus, goth by the promontory of good hope, cal­led promontorium bonae Spej.
  • The opposite parallele, to that goeth ouer the Rhodes, is described by th'Ilands Seilan, & Augama. & they are antipodes vnto Italy, which dwell in Iaua
    Antipodes.
    the lesser. The antipodes to the Lucitanians, are those in the Isle of Seila. There be also diuers other places to­warde the south coast, of which neither I haue heard of any credible person, nor yet red: & therfore can not af­firme [Page 81] any certeine trueth: & will omit it vntill an other ceason.
Spou.

Yet or we procede further, I must trouble you with one doubt: & that is gathered of the Arabian Phisician Auicenna, who saieth, that th'Aëre is of bestAuicenna. temperature vnder th'equinoctiall, & they are more fre from infirmities of the body then we are, whome you af­firme to dwell in the North temperate zone. For if the paralleles be of this nature, that howe muche the nearer we are th'equinoctiall, so muche the greater is the heate: and howe muche the furder remoued from th'equinocti­all, so muche the colder the qualitie of the aire is: there must seme à manifest repugnancie, betwixt Auicenne, & the Geographers.

Philo.

I will answer you. Auicenna meaneth not thatAuicenna de­fended. the temperature of th'Aëre is in à meane, neither vehe­ment hote, nor yet extreame could vnder th'Equinoctial, for that were an euident errour, but because the Sonne declineth not more then. 23. digrees. 28. minutes frō the verticall pointe, therfore ther can be no cōtrary qualitie ingendred: as horible could, so that th'Aëre is not subiect to alteration, & contrary qualities, as oures is. & that is the cause why Auicenna thought it most temperat, &Aphoris. 3. proposi. [...] hereto agreeth Hippocrates: [...].’ ‘Mutationes temporum maximè pariunt morbos, & in ipsis tem­poribus magnae mutationes aut frigoris, aut aestus, alia (que) congruenter ratione eodemmodo.’ [Page 82] that is. ‘The mutation of times do chefely ingender sicknesse: and in the same times, great chaunge either of heate or colde, or other quali­ties in like sorte.’

Then seyng there is no mutation of qualitie of th' Aëre, it is thought temperat. And for that this place is iudged most temperate, there be some that suppose Can Eden, that is to say, Paradise, to be situated vnder th' Equino­ctiall,Pardaise where. as à place of pleasure, voluptiousnes, voide of Al­teration, & cōtrary qualities: Yea, & Lira, interpre­tingLira. Genesis, (where Moses speaketh that Adam, being expulsed from this place of pleasure & ioye, for brea­kyng the cōmaundement: Cherubyn kepte it with à firieEratosthenes. Polybius. sword) saith that the fiery sword is no other thinge then the burning zone. And Polybius with Eratosthenes (as Strabo witnesse) doth affirme the temperatest dwelling to be vnder th' equinoctiall.

Spoud.

Seinge you have made mention of the place most excellent of other in the Earth for pleasure. I pray you let me heare your mindeHell where. concerning Hell the place of all other most horrible, & painfull, as bothe Christians and Ethinckes do confesse.

Phil.

I will not much of that thing speke, but if Hell be in that place whiche is furdest from the heauen, as paine & grief is furdest from pleasure, and ioye: then it must nedes be in the center of th' Earih, whiche is to saye that part that is in the mids of the same, for that is of all other parts furdest from the heauen. Whych is the cause that not onlye we, but also the Poëts in their tragedies, introduce persons comming out from vnder th' earth & call that place Hell, amonge other, Senica introduceth [Page 83] Thyëstes, coming out of hell, in this maner speking.

Opaca linquens Ditis inferni loca,
In Agamem­none.
Adsum, profundo Tartari emissus Specu▪
Leuing the darke places, of infernall Pluto,
Sent out from Hell pitte depe, here am I praesent lo. &c.

But we will leaue such curious questions, and spend the day (which so fast consumeth) in more necessary talke: for behold by my Astrolabe the sonne (being in the xxj. of Gemini) is eleuated. 54. degrees, aboue the Horizōt with vs here in this plaine, and therfore he will shortlye approch to the meridian line.

Spoud.

Then I muste earnestly require you, to teach me some way how I may find him beinge in this line, as also other starres: for my authors make mentiō herof, affirming also that it is one of the chefe things wherwyth to find out the Longitud, and Latitude of places.

Philo.

I will gladly, keping not backe such waies as I also haue deuised to finde out th' aforsaid line. And first I wil begin with th' inuentionTo finde out the Meridian Line after Glarians ma­ner. of Glarian to find this none stede line, whiche is in thys manner. In any leuell and plaine place, with your com­passe make à circle: in what quātitye you please, in the center of whiche, you shall place a right Wyer, directlye standing vp, that it may geue a shadowe on the circle a­foresaid. Then mark the shadow which the sonne in hys rising & going down in thy Horizōt giueth, as for exā ­ple. A. Is the Wier reared right vp in the center of the Circle: C. the East, & B. the West. The longest shadow that the Sonne maketh aboue the Horizont is A.D: Thē he ascending hier, makes his shadow shorter. A.E. the None steade or Meridian shadow, whiche is shor­test [Page 84]

[figure]

is A. F. and th'other shadowes G. A: H. A. are in the like sort the shadows which the sōne casteth into the East, after he is past the meridian circle, descending in­to the West.

Spou.

Shall it be necessary for to obserue the shadow of the thing erected as well th'after noone, as I do from the sonnes risinge vntil noone?

Philo.

No verely, for whan the shadow doth no len­ger decrese, you drawing from the center to the circum­ference a straight line, shal haue your own desire. Other willing to exchew the tediousnes of time in obseruation,The seconde way. do prouide a Plate of Meatall, well pullished, or some thick planke smothe, and plained, in whiche is drawne à circle as in th'other aforsaid, with a Wyer or like thynge set vp right in the center, and do diligently before none obserue whan the shadow of the Wier in length is equall with the circumference: and at th'end of it make à prick. In like sorte after noone whan as the shadowe commeth vnto the circumference, and make there also à prick, thē [Page 85] with the compasse, deuide the space betwixte these two prickes in the middes, and make there à note or pricke: after draw à right line from the center, to that middle pricke, and it shall alwaye shewe the whan as the sonne is in the meridian or middaye line, for that eleuation of the Pole as in this example.

[figure]

A. Is the Center B. E. C. F. the Circle drawne in the planke or plate of me­tall A. D. the Gnomon, or thing which geueth the shadowe, AE. the sha­dowe before Noone. A. F. the shadow after none: nowe deuidinge the space E. F. in the middes, whiche is .C. and drawne à righte line from A. beinge the Center, vnto C. and that is the true Meridian line.

Spoudeus.

This way semeth muche easier, and facile then the other.

Philo.

Yea and it is also as certaine as th'other, and it was inuented as I suppose of Iohannes de monte regio, or Vitruuius. But Uernerus vseth no other way to findThe. iij, waye. oute thys Line, then onelye a Diall hauinge à perfaite nedle, placinge it on some plaine, and smothe place: & whan the nedle standeth stedfastlye in the righte Line wythin the Diall, it dothe as it were poynte directlye North and South.

Spoud.
[Page 86]

This waye in my iudgement doeth ex­cell all the rest, both for the easines therof & also (which you can not do by th'other) that you maye by it finde the Meridiane, or middaye Line, at all tymes bothe daye, nyght, & houre.

Phil.

You may so, but the neadle doeth sometime erre from right north, & south, as hathe bene obserued, & I will shew you in the treatise of Nauigation: Yea, & how you shall also correct your neadle. but I also haueThe iiij. way. inuented two waies, the first is, I make a plaine & roūde plate, in the mids of which I fix à ruler, hauing two sigh­tes to loke thorow, then whē the sonne risith halfe aboue the Horizont, & half vnder, I (placing my Instrument flat on th'earth) do direct the ruler vnto the same, so that I may see him thorow the sightes: then my ruler not mo­ued, I drawe with à Chalke, or like thing, à right lyne frō the Center, vnto the Sōne, & whan the Sōne goeth down I do in like maner drawe an other Line: then I drawe à right Line from the Line of his rising, vnto the Line of his goynge downe, & diuide this Line in the middes: af­ter I drawe a right Line from the Center, vnto the mid­des of the ouerwart Line, thē I fixe in the Center an vp­right wier, the shadow of whiche at all times shall shewe when as the Sonne is in the Meridiane Line in that habitation: but or we further procede, I wyll giue you hereof an example, in which I do make A. for the Cen­ter, then putting vpon it à wyer, or pricke, I do fasten the ruler ther on: this beyng done, I place my instrumēt flat, [Page 87]

[figure]

& applie the ruler with his sightes. G. F. vnto the Sōne, & drawe there à Line A. D. in like sorte, whan he is goyng downe, & make an other Line A. C. then I draw à right Line from C. vnto D. which I diuide in the mid­des E. & crosse it with à Line A. B. which is the Line at midday. But in place where I cannot haue this, or otherThe v. way. like instrmēt (whē as I se the sōne to draw very nere the south) I pricke vpright in the groūde à knife, or such like thīg, markīg diligētly how lōg the shadow doth decrease, & whā as I perceaue it decreaseth no more, but rather [Page 88] waxe longe againe, I drawe à line from my knife, to the shadow which serueth for the Meridian line.

Spoud.

I thancke you sir, for this, your gentlenesse, in beating these things into my grose, and dulhed: And I wil put them all in practise whan conuenient time shalTo finde the Noonesteade Line by night. serue, but in the night (I mīding to take the true height of anye Planet, or fixed sterre in the nonestead lyne) what ordre shall I obserue, for then there is no shadowe, which will do pleasure.

Philo.

Therfore wyth some Quadrāt, Astrolabe, or Ptolomaeus ruler (the fation of whiche I do here place, and the makinge you shall finde amonge th'other Instrumentes) and marke what hys

It is made of 3. pea­ces, beyng 4. square: As in the Picture where A. F. is the first peace or rule.

A. D. The seconde.

G. D. the third rule.

E. The Foote of the staffe.

C. F. The Plumrule.

C. B. The ioyntes, in which the second & third Rulers are mo­ued.

K. L. The sighte ho­les.

I. The Sonne.

H. The Zenit, or ver ticall pointe.

M. N. The Noone­stead Lyne.

[Page 89] altitude is, then you may staye a season: after à while ob­serue his hight again, and so from time, to time, vntill he increase no hier, which is a perfect token that then he is in the Meridian line. The same you maye do also with the sonne. And for that nightlye trauell hearein semeth somwhat combrous and painfull, behold here is a Table of the sonnes height, for euery degree of the signes in the Zodiake: his greatest declination being. 23. degrees. 28. minutes, and th'eleuation of the Pole arctike, aboue the Horizont. 52. degrees, 10. minutes.

As concerning the vse of the Table, I wil speke no­thing, but will reserue it for his due place, only admoni­shing you at this present, that first you finde out the place of the Zodiake in signes and degrees, (by some Ephe­merides,Gazophilaciō Astronomicū. or out of my tables in the Gazophilaciō Astro­nomicum) then loke in the ouerpart of the Table, and if that signe be there mensioned, descend downward in the first columne & finde out also the degre, and directly a­gainst it, shalt thou haue the sonnes Meridian altitude. But and the signe be found in the lower part of the Ta­ble, then you shall serch out his degre in the last column, and against it toward the left hand, you shal in like ma­ner finde the Altitude answering hereto.

Spoud.

I praye you geue me example hereof, or you do take in hande any other matters.

Philo.

The thing is so easy, as it nede no farther wor­king▪ yet I will not refuse in so litle a request, to satisfye your desire. I find the sonne, the first day of the new yere 1558, in the signe of the Goate. xx. degrees) the. 37. mi­nutes

A TABLE OF THE SONNES MERIDIANE, Altitude aboue the Horizont. Calculated for euery digree in the Zodiake, Respecting th' Eleuation of the Pole Arctike, a [...] Norwich 52. Digrees: 0. minutes, & the Sonnes De­clination 23. Digrees 28. minutes.
 CapricornusAquariusPr [...]ces.Aries.Taurus.Gemini. 
Digr.Digr.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig▪
0142217 [...]42536375050458 [...]630
114231726255738165026583729
214231738261938425047584828
3142417502642398518585827
414251832743934512859826
5 [...]427181627274005148591825
61429182927504025528592724
71432184328 [...]34051522859 [...]623
814351857283641175247594522
9143819122904143536595321
10144219272924428532560120
111446194229484234534360919
121450195830124259541601618
1314552014303643245419602217
14150203031143495436602916
151562047312644145453603415
16151121332044395510604014
171518212132164545526604513
1815242148324145285542605012
191531215633645525558605411
2015392215333246165613605810
21154722343357464056286129
2215552252342347456436158
2316423123449472756576187
241613233135 [...]54750571161116
251622235135404813572461135
26163224123664836573761144
271642243236324858575061163
28165224533658492 [...] [...]8261172
29173251437 [...]44943581461171
30171425363750504582661 [...]80
Digr.Digr.Min.Dig.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig.MinDig
 Sagittarius.Scorpius.Libra.Virgo.Leo.Cancer. 

[Page 91] I omit, as not requisite in this businesse) then first I found in the hier part of the table, Capricornus, ther­fore I descending downward (in the second columne a­gainst the. 20. degre of Capricorne) founde. 15. degrees 39. minuts, the altitude of the sonne for the mids of that day. In like maner the same yere, the. 6. day of Septem­bre the sonne had his course in the. 24. degre of the vir­gine, and because I finde Virgo in the lower parte of the Table, ascendinge in the last colunme vpward, find the 24. degre, and against it in the columne of Uirgo. 40. degrees 25. minutes, the Meridian altitude of the sōne, answering that degree: in like sort, do with any degre of th'other [...]gnes, whan as occasion is ministred.

Spou.

This now shall I alway kepe surely in memo­rye, and because you haue heare apte place to geue me some precepte for th'eleuation of the Pole Arcticke, I desire you herein to show me some instructions.

Phi.

I will so do, and the rather for that wythoute it you can little preuaile in this Arte: and with knowinge it, and the longitudes of regions, you shall meruelouslye profit.

Spou.

I praye you then begin firste with the finding out of the latitude of any place.

Philo.

Whan as the sonne is in either AequinoctiallTo finde oute th'eleuation of the Pole a­boue the Ho­rizont. poyntes, by the helpe of your none steade shadowe, you shal find when he is in the meridian line: then with your instrument take his altitude, whiche you shall subtracte from. 90. degrees, and the remanent shallbe the iust ele­uation of the Pole, as for example.

[Page 92]At Norwich. 1557, the 10. of march, I found the me­ridianeAn obserua­tion. altitude of the sōne by my Astrolabe 37. degrees and 50. minutes, which I did subtract from 90. degrees, and there remained 52. degrees 10. minuts, the true height of the Pole, and latitude of Norwich.

Spou.

And do you not marke his declination at that time?

Phi.

I cannot marke that, whiche is not. For inFol. 31. & 32. these poynts he hath no declination, and that you might se in the table seruing that vse which is in the first boke. But although this way is very perfect yet carieth it this discommoditie with him: that you can but twise yearely, take th'eleuatiō of the Pole. And therfore I will showe you also how to find it whan he is in the Tropick poynts.

Spoud.

That is in the beginning of Cancer and Capri­corn.

Phi.

It is so, you shall finde oute (as afore) wyth your instrument the sonnes height at middaye, whan as he is in the first degree of Cancer.

Spou.

That time can I finde oute by the helpe of an Ephemerides.

Phi.

From this height, you shall take away, as your table sheweth 23. degrees 28. minuts: this numbre you shall subtract frō 90. degrees, & the rema­nant shalbe th'exacte Eleuation of your pole, as for ex­ample. I find the height of the sōne at midday in the be­ginning of Cancer. 61. degrees. 18. minutes, from which I take 23. degrees 28. minutes, and there shall remayne 37. degrees 50. minutes, this nomber I take from. 90. degrees (being an hole quadrant) there remaineth 52. degrees 10. minutes, th'eleuation of the pole.

Spoud.

I will proue by your licence, and I can do in [Page 93] like case whan as he is in Capricorn.

Phil.

Do you so.

Spou.

I imagine his none steade heighte to be. 14. de­grees. 22. minutes, for because he is farre from our Ze­nit: from which I cannot substract the greatest declina­tion of the sonne, answering the first degre of Capricorn, in the table of declination.

Phi.

Nor you shall not make anye subtraction. For like as whan he declineth North, from th'equinoctiall (which is from the begin­ningThe Sonnes de clinatiō north. of Aries vnto th'end of Virgo) you shall subtracte his declinatiō from his altitude: so in like maner, hauingThe Sonnes de clinatiō south. his declination South (which is from the beginninge of Lybra vnto th'end of Pisces) you muste adde his decli­nation to the meridian altitude: and subtract thē bothe from. 90. degrees.

Spo.

Then I wil end my example. I do adde. 23. degrees. 28. min. vnto 14. degrees 22. min. (the nonestede height) which make 37. degrees. 50. mi. & I take this frō. 90. degrees, as you commaunded, and ther remaineth 52. degrees. 10. minutes as afore.

Phil.

You haue truely wrought.

Spou.

But is it not possible to finde th'eleuatiō of the Pole euery day? for in traueling it shuld pleasure me.

Phil.

It is possible to find it not only euery day, but al so euery hour: but I will reserue that vntill an other sea­son, and will shew you how to find the height of the Pole euery day, for whiche thinge I will geue you two sondrye wais: th'one without any other instrumente more then a staffe, or other thing erected to geue à shadow (whyche I haue inuented) th'other way is by the helpe of an instru­ment,The third way with which I will begin. Take the sonnes heighte [Page 94] as before beinge in the Meridian line, then take oute of some Ephemerides his place in the Zodiake, in degrees, & minutes, with which you shall enter into the table of declination, & ther find his declination from th'Equi­noctiall, answering to the said degrees, & minutes. And if it be North, thē subtracte it from th'Altitude Me­ridiā: or if it be South, adde it to the said Altitude: then addyng, or subtracting that numbre from 90. Digrees, there shall remayne the trewe Eleuation of the Pole.

Spoud.

Wyll it please you to let me proue this rule by an example?

Philo.

Right gladly.

Spou.

I finde the Sonne in the sixt Digree of Gemini, whose heighte as you see is 59. Digrees 28. minutes, well nye. And nowe I finde in the Table of the Sonnes declination vnder the 6. Digree of Ge­mini. 21. Digrees. 37. minutes 58. secondes. Whiche I subtracting from the sonnes height, ther doth remaine 37. digrees 50. minutes, this I take from 90. digrees, & finde the place in height 52. digrees 10▪ minutes.

Phil.

Let not this slide out of your memory, because it hath a singuler vse in this art, & by it you may in al pla ces wher you trauaile, finde out the height of the Pole. And nowe I will shewe you my waye howe to finde th'a­foresaideThe. 4. way. eleuation.

Spou.

And shall your way serue in like maner for eue­ry day in the yeare?

Phi.

I find out the height of the North starre by the shadow ether. iiij. times in the yere, or els euery day the sonne being in the meridian line.

Spou.
[Page 95]

Then I require you shew me first howe to finde the latitude of any Citie or towne.

Philon.

right willingly. You shall proueide a staffe, or any rightwand, in what length you please, this you shall deuide into. 60. equall portions. Then take oute of some Ephemerides, or Almanach, the day whan as the Sōne entreth into the first digree of Aries, Cancer, Libra, & Capricornus. At which times set your staffe vpright in some place: And marke the shadow how longe it doth de­crease, & whā it is at the shortest, the sōne is in the noon­stead place. Then at that instaunt take the length of the shadow, & enter into the Table of shadowes: & there thou shalt finde th'exacte Latitude of thy Citie. As for thy better instruction: I find in an Ephemerides the sōne to be in the firste Digree of Aries, 1558. the 12. daye of March. Therfore whan as the sonne approche towarde the south, I set my staffe directly vp, & find the shadow at midday 77. parts, 13. minutes, with which I enter the Table of shadowes (vnder this title, Aequinoctiall sha­dow) & can not finde my number expressed, therfore I finde next vnder my nūber seuentie sixe, 48. vnto which 52. digrees in Latitude do answere, wherfore I workinge by proportion, finde correspondent vnto 77. parts, 13. mi­nutes: 52. digrees, 10. minutes.

Spoud.

Then your minde is, that I shall vse the rule of proportion, in all Tables, where as the perfect nūber is not expresedly founde.

Philo.

Yea certainly.

Spo.

Now shew how I may work euery day the same cōclusiō.

Phi.

It differeth in no point frō the former [Page 96] order, sauinge that in the table of shadowes, you muste only haue respect to the columne of the sonnes altitude, & the shadow answering hereto. Then to finde the de­gre he is in at that present: next in the table of declina­tion to seke out the declination of the same degree, & if it be North, subtract it from the altitude, so the rema­nent from. 90. degrees, & you shall haue your owne de­sire.

Spoud.

But & I finde him to decline Southe, must I adde it to his altitude, & subtract both from. 90 degrees, as you did in the other?

Philo.

In the same maner in all poyntes. There is al­soThe Astrono­mie▪ Ringe. an other waye to finde the latitude of Regions and Cities by the helpe of the Astronomy Ringe, whiche you shall finde in my boke touching that matter, in whiche I shew the making, as also th'use of the same.

Spou.

But in the night seasō, how may I find the said Eleuation of the Pole in anye place.

Philo.

The Mariners vse to find out the latitude of the place by findinge the height of the Northe starre, which they call the lode starre, esteming à degre, or two, in obseruation as no error. But you shall worcke in thys maner: first find out any notable starre (that you knowe perfaitly) in the table of fixed starres, & with Ptolo­maeus rule, or other instrumente, obserue his heighte in the meridian line: then in the table of declination, you shall find how much he declineth North or South, from th'equinoctiall, & obseruing th'order, as you do with the searching out of the Pole by the sonnes altitude Meri­diane, and declination: you shall haue your hole desire.

Spou.
[Page 97]

Will you nowe shewe the findyng out of the Lō ­gitude of any place from the Canariane Ilandes?

Philo.

It is not so easie, & facile à thing, to trie th'e­leuation of the Pole: but it is as harde, & laborus, to get the Longitude, which was the cause that the Auncient Geographers had onely one way, & that is by obseruing of th'Eclipses of the Mone.

Spoud.

I remember Strabo affirmith the same.Lib. 1. fol. 6.

Phi.

There is in dede no way so parfit, & suer, as by th'Eclises: therfore king Atreus is worthy eternall fame,Atreus found first oute the time of Eclip­ses. which was the finder out of th'Eclipses of the Sonne, & Mone, (1205. yeares before Christ our Sauiours incar­nation) by whose trauaile we receaue this benefite.

Spoud.

Not we only, that are presētly liuing: but also such as haue bene before vs, & also those that shall here after folowe. But what is the cause of hyr obscuration, doeth not she at that time lose in dede hyr light?

Phi.

No verely: For it is directly against Aristotle,Aristotle. & all Philosophers well neare, to confesse that the su­percelestiall bodies are subiect to alteration, yea or to af­firme, anye coloure in them. But I wil let that passe, & wil show you the cause of her eclipsing, which is no otherThe cause of the mone E­clipsed. thing, thē the mone being (in oppositiō of the sōne) ether in the hed or tail of the dragō: the shadow of th'erth is be twixt the mone, & our sight. So that as longe as she is in perfit oppositiō & without latitude, so lōg doth she cōti­nue in darknes.

Spo.

And is she not Eclipsed at no other time then only at the Ful?

Phil.

No certeinly & ther fore Lucan doth aptly in his first boke opē the cause, & [Page 98] time of the mones Eclipsation, in these versis.

—Cornu (que) coacto,
Iam Phaebe toto fratrem cum redderet Orbe,
Terrarum subita percussa expalluit vmbra.
VVhan as the mone vnto the world, her brother Titan bright
In forme wold represent, shining with face both full and round:
She sodenly was sore wounded, and ther with left her light,
Titan causing th'earthes shadow, her beauty to confound.
Spou.

These verses are short, & very full of eloquēce.

Phil.

Yea & they are also easy to be vndarstand, for she neuer resembleth the figure of the sonne (whō Poëts call her brother) but only whā she is at the ful, at which time beinge in th'opposite place to him, th'earthe (as I saide) shadoweth her from oure sightes. But let that passe, and beholde to serue thy vse in this behalf, I haue calculated such Eclipses of the mone, as shall happē frō the yeare of oure Lorde. 1560. vntill the yere. 1605: Applying the time of ther beginning, in yeares, daies, houres, & minuts, vnto the meridiā of Norwich ex­actly, whiche is. 22. degrees, and. 30. minuts, from the Canarian, or West fortunate Ilandes.

1560.

¶ March. Daye. 11 Houre. 16 Minute. 6

1562.

¶ Iuly. Daye. 15 Houre. 14 Minute. 4

1563.

¶ Iuly. Daye. 5 Houre. 7 Minute. 34

[Page 99]

1565.

¶ Nouember. Daye. 7 Houre. 11 Minute. 36

1566

¶ October. Day. 28 Houre. 2 Minute. 44

1567

¶ October. Daye. 17 Houre. 13 Minute. 53

1569

¶ Marche. Day. 2 Houre. 14 Minute. 57

1570

¶ February Day. 20 Houre. 5 Minute. 20

1570

¶ August. Daye. 15 Houre. 9 Minute. 5

1572

¶ Iune. Day. 25 Houre. 9 Minute. 10

1573.

¶ December. Daye. 8 Houre. 7 Minute. 25.

1576.

¶ October. Day. 7 Houre. 9 Minute. 12

[Page 100]

1577.

¶ Aprill. Day. 2 Houre. 6 Minute. 29

1577.

¶ September. Daye. 26 Houre. 10 Minute. 37.

1578.

¶ September. Daye. 16 Houre. 12 Minute. 24

1580.

¶ Ianuary. Daye. 31 Houre. 8 Minute. 36

1581.

¶ Ianuary. Daye. 19 Houre. 8 Minute. 38

1581.

¶ Iuly. Daye. 15 Houre. 15 Minute. 0

1584

¶ Nouember. Daye. 8 Houre. 11 Minute. 18

1587.

¶ September. Daye. 6 Houre. 8 Minute. 54

1588

¶ Marche. Daye. 2 Houre. 13 Minute. 22

[Page 101]

1588.

¶ August. Day. 25 Houre. 14 Minute. 47

1589

¶ August. Day. 15 Houre. 6 Minute. 8

1590

¶ December. Day. 30 Houre. 7 Minute. 15

1591.

¶ December. Day. 19 Houre. 14 Minute. 48

1592

¶ Iune. Day. 14 Houre. 8 Minute. 7

1592

¶ December. Day. 8 Houre. 6 Minute. 31.

1594

¶ October. Day. 18 Houre. 17 Minute. 8

1595

¶ Aprill. Day. 13 Houre. 14 Minute. 15

1596

¶ Aprill. Day. 2 Houre. 7 Minutes. 57

[Page 102]

1598

¶ February. Day. 10 Houre. 16 Minute. 31

1598

August. Day. 6 Houre. 5 Minute. 28.

1599

¶ Ianuary. Day. 30 Houre. 16 Minute. 30

1601

¶ Nouembre. Day. 29 Houre. 5 Minutes. 9

1602

¶ May. Day. 25 Houre. 4 Minute. 56

1603,

¶ May. Day. 14 Houre. 10 Minute. 39

1603

¶ Nouember. Day. 8 Houre. 7 Minute. 7

1605.

¶ Marche. Day. 24 Houre. 7 Minute. 15

1605.

¶ September Day. 16 Houre. 14 Minute. 49

[Page 103]Whan as thou wilt finde the longitude of any Regi­on,Howe to finde the Longitude of Regions by an Eclypse. Country, or Uillage, by an Eclipse, do in this manner. Obserue diligently the perfaite time, whan as she begin­neth to be eclipsed (either by some perfait Dial, or clock, or els by the heighte of some fixed sterre) and if the time of hyr beginninge, do agree with that whiche thou shalt find here calculated, know certainly that thy Meridian and longitud, is all one with Norwich: but if they differ, do in this order. Subtract the lesser time, from oute of the greater, & the differēce turn into degrees, & mi. of the Equinoctial. Thē if the time in the beginning of her ob­scuration be more, then that which I haue heare placed: adde this difference in degrees, and minuts, vnto the lō ­gitude of Norwiche, (because the place is East from it, and you shall haue the perfait lōgitude. But and she be­gin soner with the, to be Eclipsed then is here mētioned, subtract the difference aforesaid in digrees & minuts, from the Longitude of Norwiche (because thou arte West from it) & you shal haue the Longitude desired.

Spou.

Howe shall I torne the houres, & minutes of the day into digrees, & minutes of th' Equinoctiall?

Philo.

You must giue to euery houre, 15. digrees: &How to turne the houres of the daye into degrees & mi­nuces. to euery 4. minu. of an houre, one digr. of th' Equinoctial: & euery minu. of an houre, 15. minu. of th' Equinoctiall: as this Table folowyng shall alway declare. And nowe I wyll giue you à twofould example. Anno. Christi. 1558.An obseruati­on of an E­clipse. the second day of Aprill, there was à great Eclipse of the Mone, so that she was darkened x. pointes well nere, & began to come vnder the shadowe of th' Earth at Nor­wich, [Page 104] at x. a clock 37. minutes at night (as by taking the height of à fixed sterre, called the virgins spike, did eui­dently appeare) now willing to note mens obseruations in other places, I finde that Leouitius Cyprianus, in hys boke of Eclipses, apoynteth it to begin at Augusta in Ger many 23. min. after xi. a clock at night. Then to find the longitude of Augusta frō Norwich I subtract. x. houres 37. min. frō xi, houres 23 min, ther remaine 49, minuts,

A TABLE, SERVING TO THE CON­uerting the houres, and minutes of the day: into digrees, and minutes of th' Equinoctiall.
 Th' ark of th' equi­noctiall in  Th' arke of th' Equinocti­all in
Hou. of the dayDigre.MiSecond Mi. of hou.DigreesMin.Secō.Third.
115230 101523
23050 203050
345730 3045730
460100 400100
5751230 51151230
690150 6130150
71051730 71451730
8120200 820200
91352230 92152230
10150250 10230250
111652730 153453730
12180300 2030500
131953230 256161230
14201350 30731150
152253730 358462730
16240400 40101490
172554230 451117130
18270450 50123250
192854730 551348230
20300500 60152300
213155230      
22330550      
233455730      
2436100      

[Page 105] with which I enter into this tahle, & finde answeringe to. 46. minutes of time. 11. degrees. 30. minu. of th' equi­noctiall, & because that the beginning of the Eclipse, is later at Augusta▪ then at Norwich, it sheweth the situ­ation to be East from it. Wherfore I adde the difference of time tourned into degrees vnto 22. degrees 30. minu. (the longitud of Norwich) & ther ariseth. 34. degrees the longitude of Augusta. In like manner 1559. the. xvi. day of September, at 3. of the clock 19. min. after dinner, the mone shall begin to be darckened at Norwich, whi­che at Tolet in Spain shall happen at 2. of the clocke. 22. minutes. The difference in time is 47. minuts. I conuert them into degrees, & minutes of th' equinoctiall (as be­fore) & finde 11. degreet 50. min. And because that the Mone is darkned soner at Tolet, then Norwich, I sub­tract this difference frō Norwich & finde. 10. degrees, 40. minutes, the longitude of Tolet which is West from Norwich.

Spo.

But this Eclipse of the Mone, shall not be sene in the beginning, nether ende at Norwiche, or Tolet?

Phi.

True it is, because the Mone being in the perfit opposition of the sonne, can not shew her self aboue our Horizont, before the sōne be vnder th' Earth, which is not vnto. 6. of the clocke.

Spou.

How can you then shew the true time of her be­ginning at Norwiche, or Tolet, whan as she is not sene of their inhabitauntes?

Philo.

right perfetlye. Con­ferring the meridian of Norwich, or Tolet, wyth other places East from them, whereas the beginninge shallbe plainly of these inhabitants perceiued. But in this place [Page 106] it is broughte in onlye for example. And althoughe thys waye of finedinge the true longitude be bothe certain, and mooste easiest of all other: yet it hathe this dis­comodity, because th'eclipses happen rarely, and seldom, as twise in à yere at the most, & sumtime but once in .ij. yere. Furthermore ther hapeneth sumtime impedimēts that at the time also of her Eclipsing, we cannot obserue her beginning or end, either because the cloudes are be­twixt our sight, & her, & so is shadowed: or els that she is vnder our Horizont, at that presēt season. Wherfore P. Apiā practised an other way, how to find out th'afor­saidApians waye to find out the Longitude of places. Longitude, yea & that euery night & hour of the same, so that the Mone be aboue the Horizont, & the aire cleare and faire.

Spou.

We are bound to haue him in much estimatiō, which by his labours, hathe supplied that we did wante: but what is his inuention?

Phil.

I will shew you, ther are thre thinges required vnto this busines, the Astro­nomersIacobes staffe. staffe, also called Iacobes staffe (the makinge of which you shall finde among th'other instrumentes) the second is the true place of the Mone in the Zodiake, in degrees, & minutes, for the hour you make obseruatiō, (whiche you may take out of an Ephemerides) and the iij. is the longitude of a fixed sterre, which you may take out of the Table of fixed sterres in my firste boke. TheseFol. 27. had, you muste take your staffe with the Crosse on it. and applye the one ende of the Crosse to the Center of the Mone, and the other vnto the sterre: which thing to do, you shall remoue the Crosse vp and downe, vntill [Page 107] the endes of the staffe touch both the center of the mone & also of the sterre. Thys ended, the crosse shall shewe you what the distaunce of the Mone, & starre is in de­grees & minutes. Then take the distaunce in degrees, & minuts of the Mone, & fixed sterre, which you had before the obseruation: And substract these .ij. distances, th'one out of th'other, the remanet deuide by the portiō that the mone moueth in one hour, And that shall shew you the time, whan as the Mone was ioyned wyth the starre (if the starre be West from her) or whan she shall be ioyned with the starre, if it be East from the Mone. This time being had, you shall turne it into degrees, & minutes of th'equinoctiall, (as I said in th'other precept afore, & the table sheweth) & if the mone be West ofWhan the Mone is West of the Starre What is to be wrought. the starre, do in this manner. Marcke whether the dif­ference of the mone, & starre found by thy obseruation, be greater then the difference foūd by the ephemerides, & the lōgitude of the fixed starre: if it be lesser, thē sub­tract the time turned into degrees, & mi. from the me­ridian for whiche th'Ephemerides are Calculated, because thy place is west from it: but and the difference be greater, then adde the degrees, & mi. to the Longi­tude (for which th'Ephemerides ar supputated, because thy place is East from it) & so shalt thou haue the true Longitude desired. Moreouer thou must consider if theWhā the mone is Easte of the Sterre. Mone be East frō the Sterre, then thou shalt worke con­trary (that is to say) if the distaūce found by obseruatiō, be lesser thē th'other, you shall subtract it frō the lōgitud knowē, because thi place is west frō it, but & this differēce [Page 108] be greater, then adde it to the fornamed Longitude, be­cause thy place is East from th'other: & so withoute er­roure, thou shalt haue thine owne desire. And this waye also, is excellente to correcte the course of the Mone, and amend the tables, out of which hir mouinges are taken: if they do erre at any time.

Spo.

I must neades con­fesse your words true, whā you said how much any thing excelled other in knowledge, so much the more it was cō ­panion with difficultie. For except you geue me an exā ­ple, I shall neuer attain the perfait meaning hereof.

Philon.

I will geue you an exāple of that time, which I obserued my self to find out the lōgitude of Norwich.

Anno. 1558. the second day of February, at. x. a clockeAn example, at night, I found the place of regulus (called also the li­ons hart) in longitude degrees. 23. 32. minut. in Leo: the Mone also at that present, in the .xxi. degree .xl. min. of the same signe (hir place being calculated for Anwarp, which is xxvi. degrees. xxxvj. minutes) I subtracte the place of the mone, from the longitude of regulus, the di­stance .j. degre .lij. min. that she is West, from the sterre. Then I take my staffe & (with one eie closed) I moue the crosse vp & down, vntill th'one end was equall with the Center of the Mone, th'other ende with the Starre. Then I find by that obseruation, the Mone to differ frō regulus, j. degree. 43. min. This numbre I take from the first difference, ther remaineth 9. minutes. Thē inquire I out, how many min. of time, answer vnto. 9. min. of the Mones course, (making the Mone to moue in one hour xxxv. minutes, & find .xvj. minutes of time: which tur­ned [Page 109] into degrees of th'equinoctiall, make. 4. degrees: & because the Mone is West of the sterre, & the distance found by the staffe lesse in number, therefore I subtracte the. 4. degrees from the longitude of Anwarpe, & there remaine. 22. degrees. 36. minutes, which differ littel frō the other obseruations.

Spou.

The difference of. 6. minutes in Longitude, is small or no error, whan as. 15. minutes of th'equinoctiall, make but one minute of time.

Phil.

True it is.

Spoud.

By youre exāple, the precept semeth more eui­dent, & I mistruste not, but with diligence to make in other places, the like obseruation.

Phi.

I will open vnto you an other waye to finde theAnother way. Longitude of any region, in euery place, as well daye, as night, & that euery houre, most necessary for thē, which either sayle, or trauell.

Spou.

But you do then obserue the distaunce of the pla­ces, in miles.

Phil.

No verely, for if I were caried by lande into places vnknowē (blindfilded, as they terme it) or by the violence of troublesome wether, on the sea, driuen from my course, I can declare how many miles I am from my countrey, & how many leaques from my proper course.

Spoud.

Then surely, it must haue in it muche diffi­cultie, seyng that there springeth of it so muche vtilitie, and profite.

Philo.

The waye is very facile, & without great la­boure, & I will no lenger make you muse theron. [Page 110] You shall prepare à parfait clocke artificially made, such as are brought from Flaūders, & we haue thē as excel­lently without Temple barre, made of our countrymen.

Spoud.

Do you not meane such, as we vse to weare in the facion of à Tablet?

Phi.

Yea truely, when as you trauell, you shall set the nedle of youre Diall exactlye on the hour found out by the sonne on the daye, & by some starre in the night: thē traueling withoute intermission, whan as you haue traueled .xx. yea .xl. miles or more (if your next place, whose longitude you desire be so far di­stant) then marke in your Diall, the houre that it shew­eth: after with an Astrolabe, or Quadrant, finde out the hour of the day in that place: & if it agre with the same which your clock sheweth, be assured your place is north or South frō the place you came from, & therfore haue the same lōgitude, & meridiā line. But & the time dif fer, subtract th'one, out of th'other, & the differēce turn into degrees & minut. of th'equinoctiall as before, then adde or subtract, as in th'other .ij. precepts, going before. But now behold the skie is ouer cast with cloudes: wherfore let vs haste to our lodgings, & ende our talke for this presente.

Spoud.

With a righte good will.

THE THIRD BOOKE OF THE Cosmographicall Glasse: in which is vttered the making and protracture, of the Face of th'Earth, both in Cartes Perticuler, and al­so vniuersall, with diuers necessarye thinges, incidente hereto.

Philonicus.

SEINGE THAT in oure laste daies talke, it was made euidente vnto you, what the Longitude, Latitude, & Circuite of th'Earth was, how you al­so might find the same by diuers & sondrye waies: moreouer the deuision of th'Earth into zones, by the helpe of Paralleles: it shuld seme nowe conueniente, to shewe you the cause where­fore all these are learned, & to what finall end they are desired. Therfore, leaste you shulde be lefte destitute ofThe principall part of Cosmo­graphie. the principal tresure of Cosmography, that is to delineat, protract, or set forth the platforme of th'vniuersall face of th'earth: or els perticulerli any one portiō of the same: I will this day also do my endeuor, to shewe you the waye how to attain hereunto.

Spo.

Wold to god, that fortune had vnto me geuē of her tresure, that I might sōwhat (al though not recōpēce) yet shew forth my good wil for this your great pains, & trauell. For in dede siluer & gold,The noble re­warde, of lear­nyng in times paste. is to base to recōpence knowledge with, & that did the famous kinges & princes in th'old time well perpende: [Page 112] Whan they did not only geue th'inuentors (of any new Science, Art, or profitable thing for à publike weale) a­boundaunce of treasure: but also for perpetuall memo­rye, made an Image to represente suche à persone, and called him à God for his inuention. So was Neptu­nusNeptunus. called God of the seas, for that he founde the Arte of sayling. Aeolus, the God of windes, because he inuen­tedAeolus. the true vse of them. Ceres à Goddesse, for finedingeCeres. out tillage. But what make I discourse in these thinges to you, whiche knowe them muche better then I.

Ph.

Heare by I gather your good will to th'aduance­mente of learning. But it is not treasure which at youre handes I craue, but only that you shew your selfe enemy vnto ignoraunce, thorowe your industrious labour, both in profitinge your selfe, & also your natiue country. But or we procede further in thys oure busynesse, I wyll brieflye open vnto you certaine names, whiche we vse in Geographie, with th'interpretation of the same: and hi­stories with Poëtes abound also with them. And firste you muste consider that th'Earthe beinge inuironed, & compassed aboute with the greate Ocian seas, semeth as it were an Ilande (after Strabo his minde) notwith­standinge there is à greate difference betwixt an Iland,What an I­lande is. and th'Earthe: for an Ilande, is a portion of th'Earthe seperated from the hole, by waters whiche do circuite it on euerye side, so that you can not iourney by lande, ei­ther from Europe, Asia, or Afrike vnto your coūtry, but muste vse herein Nauigation.

Spoud.
[Page 113]

Unto your description do agree, America, Si­cilia, Iaua, the Rodes, Candie, Delos, Therasia, and England, in which we inhabite.

Philon.

It it true, now you shall furder note that the seas deuide th'Earth. 4. sundry waies, for either it is an Iland, or little differing there from (and therfore cal­led Peninsula) or Isthmus, or Continēs.

Spoud.

So that Peninsula, differeth from anPeninsula. Ilande, because in some parte, it is ioyned to à greater portion of th'Earth wythoute seperation: as Tauricà, Thrasia, Cherronesus, also Cymbrica & Aurea, in India.

Philo.

Isthmus, doeth differ from them botheIsthmus. & signifieth à portion of th'Earthe, hauynge of eyther sydes the raginge Seas: suche are founde agreable to this description properly, Corinthiacus, and Thra­sius.

Spou.

But howe doeth Continens differ from theseContinent. three?

Ph.

I will shew you, it is à portiō of th'Earth, which is not parted by the Seas à sounder, but is continually in length, so that you may go from one parte vnto another without nauigation: as Saxonie, Bohemie, Sueuelande, &c.

Spod.

By these I gather there is no portion of th'Earth, but it is either an Ilande, or that whiche you call Peninsula, Isthmus, or Continens.

[Page 114]

[figure]
Philon.

No verely, but nowe beholde the figure. Yet ther remaineth to shew you what this worde, Oceā Sea, meaneth, what we call Promontorium, Fretum, La­cus, Stagnum, Fluuius, Palus, &c. which I reserue vn­till we speake of Nauigation: And nowe we will tourne to our scope. You shall cōsider that the face of th'Earth is protraste, & drawne two sundry waies: either on à roūd plate forme, for which inuention the Globe moste aptlye serueth: or els on à plaine plat forme, as à Card in which we drawe th'vniuer sall Earth, or els but the half, or the one part: yea, & you please but one particuler Region: which is proper to Chorographie (as I said to you in the first booke.

Spo.

Th'inuention should seme much bet­terAn objection against the te restriall Globe. to drawe th'Earth in à playne plate fourme, theron à Globe, for in it, we maye behoulde the whole face [Page 115] of th'Earthe, wythout anye remouynge or tournynge of the Carde: & on the Globe you shall be compelled to turne firste one parte, & then another, or you can vew any great portion of it.

Phil.

Yet because it doeth most euidently in figure,Th'Answere. represent the forme of th'Earth, it should seme more apt for this institution. But I will leaue his composition vn­till I shewe you the making of it among other instrumē ­tes. And your cause alleaged against this forme, as I sup­pose, did minister occation to Ptolomaeus, to delineat, & describe th'Earth in à plaine forme. And bicause that right lines onely vsed in this busines, did cary errour with them (as the fornamed Ptolomaeus noted in Ma­rinus the Geographers inuention) therefore he vsed in this protraction, suche lines as might answere proporti­onallye, the lines discribed in a Globe: But nowe I will leaue to vse more wordes herein, & will begin the work it self. And least that the difficultie of the thing mighte somwhat discouragie you, I will first nosel & traine you vp in making a cart for à Region. But here note that àA particuler carde, made. ij. waies. perticuler card is made by knowing the distance of pla­ces: without Longitude & Latitude of Regions, which forme of working I wyll here after open: or by Longitu­des, with which firste we will begin. And then shewe you the making of à Carde, for the eight part of th'Earth, af­terThe argument of the third [...] booke. for halfe th'Earth, & last for the hole vniuersal face of th'Earth.

Spoud.

I thanke you sir, & nowe I perceiue your great care in obseruing à methode, & or­der in teaching, with the manifolde vtilitie springing of [Page 116] the same: But seing you wil begin first with the descrip­sion of à Regiō, I pray you let your diligence that waye bende, to the settyng out of our countrey. So shall the ex­ample be the more familier, & your paines nothing the greater.

Phil.

I wyll accōplish your desire, in describinge à per­ticuler Regiō, Countrey, or Prouince, Firste you shall drawe à right line in such length (in the middes of yourThe maner of making a per­ticuler Carte for any Regiō. parchement, or paper) as it will aptly receiue. This line shall represent the meridiā Line for the middes of that Regiō. Then diuide this line into so many equal portiōs, as the latitude of the regiō is: drawynge right Lines, or paralleles, in euery of the same diuisiōs, according to the capacitie [...]f the plat forme of thy paper, or parchement, & write on th'endes of these paralleles, 32. 33. 34. or 40. 41. 42. according to their distaunce frō th'Equinoctall. after you shall cōsider howe many digrees the north part of your regiō is frō th'equinoctiall, & entringe into this Table folowing (which is intituled the quātitie & pro­portiō of th'Equinoctall, or any great Circle, vnto euerye parallele both North and Southe from them) searche how many minutes, and secondes answereth to the fur­dest of these degrees in latitude, & with thy compasse, take the like space in anye of the diuisions of latitude: and then beginninge at the hier parte of the Carte (for that shall represente the Northe parte) make prickes with thys compasse from the Meridiane line, on bothe

A PROFITABLE TABLE, SHOVVING THE quantitie, and proportion of th'Equinoctiall, vnto euerye Parallele, both towarde the Pole Arctick, & Antarctick, making euery digree 60. minutes.
Latitude of Paralleles.  Latitude of Paral.  Latitude of pural. 
Dig. Mi.Se.Thir Dig MS.T. De. Mi.Sec.Th.
0 6000 31 512548 62 28106
1 595927 32 505258 63 271422
2 595718 33 501913 64 26188
3 59 [...]54 34 494432 65 252126
4 595114 35 49857 66 242415
5 594618 36 483228 67 232638
6 594017 37 47555 68 222835
7 593310 38 471650 69 21307
8 592458 39 463744 70 203116
9 591541 40 455746 71 19323
10 59518 41 451657 72 183228
11 585351 42 443519 73 17 [...]223
12 584120 43 435252 74 163218
13 582720 44 43937 75 153145
14 58134 45 422535 76 143055
15 575720 46 414046 77 132949
16 574033 47 405512 78 122829
17 572242 48 40852 79 112655
18 57348 49 392149 80 10258
19 564352 50 38342 81 92310
20 562254 51 374533 82 8211
21 56053 52 365623 83 71844
22 553752 53 36032 84 61618
23 55 [...]349 54 35162 85 51346
24 544846 55 342453 86 4117
25 542242 56 33336 87 3825
26 535540 57 324042 88 2538
27 532737 58 314743 89 1250
28 525837 59 30548 90 000
29 522838 60 3000      
30 51574 61 29519    

[Page 118] both sides: then accompte howe farre distaunte the south parte of thy Region is from th'Equinoctiall, & by the helpe of the Table you shall knowe howe many minutes answereth to one digree: then with your cōpasse take the like proportion of the digrees of Latitude, & your com­passe not opened wider, make prickes from either syde of the meridian line in the lower part of the Carde, for that signifieth the south coast of that regiō. After draw right lines from the prickes in the hier part of the Table, vn­to the Prickes in the lower part. And write in them the degrees of Longitude, as. 10. 11. 12. or. 20. 21. 22. & then is thy carde made ready to serue thy necessary vse.

Spou.

This beinge ended, what is then requisite to be obserued to the perfait finishing of this carde?

Phil.

Only to seeke oute of Ptolomaeus Geographie, or my fifth booke, the latitudes of Cities, Townes, Villages, Hilles, Riuers, or other notable thinges in that Region conteined, & accordinge to those nōbres, to place thē in your card, or mappe.

Spou.

I do not so muche fansye Ptolomaeus, in lōgitudes & latitudes, for he was not a­ble being so mighty à Prince to trauell into those coun­tris, that to à priuate person (for the greate distaunce à sunder) was impossible. And therfore receiuinge (as he confesseth) obseruations at other mens handes, dyd in many sundry places swarue from the trueth.

Ph.

And that was not to be imputed vnto PtolomaeusPtolomaeus ex cused. as à crime, seyng the errour ensued by other mens obser­uations. But for this cause I haue made my fifthe Booke, in the whiche, I haue folowed Ptolomaeus in [Page 119] certaine pointes touchinge his natiue Countrey, & pla­ces to them adiacent. In th'other, I haue vsed later wri­ters trauelles, not omitting my owne as you shall euidēt­ly perceaue.

Spoudeus.

I pray you giue me an example of these thinges spoken.

Phil.

Here minding to describe the plat forme ofAn example. Englande, I draw (as you se) à right line in the middes of the Mappe. And because I finde in my fift boke, that it is frō the Weast part of the same to th'East. 11. digres: I diuide this streght line (beynge the Meridian Line, for the middes of this Regiō) into xj. equall partes, or portions: Then do I searche how much the Pole Arctik is eleuated aboue th'Aequinoctiall, in the furdest north part of Englande: & finde it 61. (for vnder the name of Englande, I comprehend the whole Ilande cōteyning also Schotlande, & Irelande.) Therfore I enter into the Table goyng before, & finde answering to 61. digr. 29. minutes, 5. secondes, 19. thirdes. Which space, I take with my cōpasse in one of the diuisiōs of Lōgitude, that I made in the meridian line, & so my compasse not ope­ned wider, I begin at the Meridian Line in the higher part of the Card, & make on either side 5. pricks (that is to sai) v. on the left hād, & v. on the right hād. in like ma ner I find the south part to differ frō th'equinoctial lj. di. wherfore entring into the Table, I find answering to lj. dig: 37. min. 45. seco. 33. thir. And with my cōpasse I take the like portion in one of the diuisions of the Meridian line, & then with my compasse I diuide the lower parte [Page 120] of the Table, as I did the hier. Then draw I right Li­nes from the Prickes in the hier part of the Table, vn­to the prickes in the lower part: & wright at th'endes of them, the Digrees of Lōgitude, as also in the diuisiōs of the Meridiam line, I wright the digrees of latitude. Thē seke I in the fifth boke for the notable Cities, Tow­nes, Villages, & suche like, & place them in this card, according to their true Longitude, & Latitude, as in the card of Englād following you may well perceiue.

Spoudeus.

Nowe I perceiue by the makinge and describyng of this onely Mappe, that the whole worke doeth chieflye depende vppon the Meridian Line, ap­pointing by them the longitudes of Regiōs: & by Pa­ralleles of Climates, whose vse in à Carde, is to limite the Latitude frō th'Equinoctiall. So that obseruing this or­der of you prescribed, I may in like sorte at my pleasure, drawe à Carde for Spaine, Fraunce, Germany, Italye, Graece, or any perticuler regiō: yea, in à warme & plea­saunt house, without any perill of the raging Seas: dan­ger of enemies: losse of time: spending of substaunce: we­rines of body, or anguishe of minde. Oh how precious â Iewell is this, it may rightly be called à CosmographicallCosmographi­call Glasse. Glasse, in which we may beholde the diuersitie of coun­tries: natures of people, & innumerable formes of Bea­stes, Foules, Fishes, Trees, Frutes, Stremes, & Mea­talles.

Phi.

You shall haue iust ccasiō to af­firme, whan as you vnderstande the whole cōmoditie of the same. But I will shewe you to describe iij. or iiij. Re­giōs in one Mappe: yea, or so manye as are cōteined in [Page 121]

[figure]

th'eyght portion of th'Earth. And therefore I call it à Carde, conteining th'eyght part of th'Earth, whose com­passe, [Page 122] in what quātitie you please (the greater the better) & note, it with A. B. C for the easier vnderstanding, vn till you are exercised herein. Then deuide the compasse of this Circle in iij equale partes, & marke the pointes of the diuision, with A. B. C. After place th'one ende of the cōpasse in A. & stretche out th'other ende vnto B. or C. & with thy compasse draw an arcke, or portion of à Cir­cle, from B. to C. Then set th'one ende of the compasse in B. & draw the like arcke frō A. vnto C. After place the one ende of thy cōpasse in C: & describe the like arck frō B. to A. And here note that A. doth signifie the North, or south Pole. And th'arke B. C. the quadrant, or iiij. part of th'Equinoctial Circle. This arke B. C. you shall di uide equallye in the middes, & at that pointe place D. Then draw à right line from A. vnto D. this shall re­praesent the meridiane line for the middes of this carde. This line shall you diuide into 90. partes, & euery one shall repraesent à digree: or into 18. portions, & euery one shall answere vnto v. digr. Or (if the Mappe be small) into 9. portions, & euery suche diuision shall signifie. 10. digrees. Then placing th'one ende of your compasse in A. extende, or stretch out th'other vnto euery of these diui­sions, & drawe arkes, or portions of circles, from th'arck A. B. vnto th'arck A. C. These ended, you shall write in euery diuision from B. to C. th'equinoctiall, vnto A. the Pole Arctik 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. or 5. 10. 15. 20: or 10. 20. 30. accor­ding to the diuision of the meridiane line. After you shall accompt in this diuision 23. digrees. 28. minutes from the quinoctiall, which is the sonnes greatest declination, and [Page 123] draw ther à double arke whiche shall serue for the Tro­picke of Cancer, or Capricorne, noted with E L, & in like manner accompt. 23. degrees. 28. minutes from the North or South pole, & in that space draw in like sort à double arke, which shalbe in stead of the polary circle, either Arctike or Antarctike, & set th'endes of it. I K. and so are all the paralleles of latitude, (answering your mappe) perfaitly finished.

Spou.

I vnderstand the protracture of them very wel. But shall there be but one Meridiane line for all thys Mappe?

Phil.

Yes verely, ther shalbe so many, as there are pa­ralleles of latitude, whose nombre as I saide was. 90.

Spou.

Now I perceiue the reasō of this artificial wor­king, for like as the circuite of the heauens is distributed into. 360. parts: so in like maner the compasse of th'earth is also into 360 portions deuided, both toward the Poles & also from West to East. Therfore I pray you shew me the waye howè to draw these meridiane lines.

Philo.

You shal deuide the arke B D Cinto. 90. or. 18. or els 9. portions equally, as I did the latitude from A vnto D. In like sort you shall deuide the polary Circle. I K. then drawinge in these diuisions from th'equinoctiall (by the diuisions of the Polary Circle) vnto A, Arkes or portions of Circles, you shal haue the frame preparid in whiche you shall (in the same maner that you did for England) place such portion of the world, as it can apt­ly receiue.

Spo.
[Page 124]

But may I not describe here the paralleles, & cli­mates (taking thē out of the table in the second boke) as Ptolomaeus doth in his Geographie?

Phi.

Yes verely, & it shall adorne the mappe, not omitting the principall windes seruing for that part of th'earth, nor yet th'inha­bitāts called for the diuersitie of shadows, Periscij, He­teroscij, Amphiscij, but nowe beholde the frame of whose composition we haue made so manye wordes.

[figure]
Spou.

This mappe doth liuely expresse your meaning so that ther is none (I suppose) so ignorāt or dul, but that [Page 125] without great difficultie he may practise the like, & ther fore I require you procede in the descriptiō of à Card, for halfe the face of th'Earth whiche (as I coniecture) wyll conueniently serue for our Hemisphere.

Philo.

Not for our Hemispere onely, but also for any one halfe portion of th'earth, as well seruing th'vse of thē that dwell vnder vs directly (& called therfore Antipo­des) as also any other. But I will leaue to speake of th'vse of it, because of it self it is manifest, & wil make plain vn to you the cōposition, & artificial praeparatiō of it. First with your cōpase describe à Circle as great as your carde shalbe, withī which draw an other Circle, à finger bredth distant, & iust to this, also an other. Then part these Cir cles in the middes with à right lyne, th'endes of which ar A. C. crosse this lyne in the middes, with an other ryghte line B. D. So is your Circle parted into 4. equal portions Then deuide euery portion in the cōpasse of the circle in­to 90. partes in this maner. First into 3. then euery of thē againe into 3. after into 2. & laste into 5. After write in them 5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30. &c frō B. C. vnto D A. & so is the whole cōpasse of your card, parted into 360. portions.

Spoud.

Unto what vse serueth the crosse lines drawen thorow the face of the Mappe?

Philo.

The line A. C. repraesenteth the meridiane: as the line B. D. The halfe Aequinoctiall circle. Also A. C. repraesenteth the Poles of the world, & the plages, or partes of the same, north & south: as B. signifieth the weast, & D. th'East.

Spou.

I perceiue your minde, therfore procede.

Phi.

Thē applie the ruler to the digr. of the circle of A. B. C. [Page 126] & note th'intersections of the ruler in th'Aequinoctiall & in like maner do in th'other halfe Circle A. D. C. this ended, you shall describe from A. vnto C. Paralleles, or halfe circles, by these diuisions in th'Equinoctiall: then write on them from B. to D. 10▪ 20. 30. 40. &c. Also you shall apply the ruler to the circle, diuiding the Meridi­ane line A. C. as you did th'equinoctial B. D. & describe in th'interfectiōs in like maner, halfe circles, which shall serue for Paralleles of Latitude. Then accompte in the

[figure]

[Page 127] circle from B. toward A. xxiij. digr. 28. min. & describe an arcke, which shall repraesent the halfe tropick of Can­cer, also frō A. toward B. accōpte xxiij. digr. 28. min. & draw with your compasse another arcke, which shall sig­nifie the halfe Articke, or polary circle: in like maner do with the tropike of Capricorne, & th'Antarticke circle. After place the halfe part of th'earth in the mappe thus praepared, & describe the Climates, Paralleles, inhabi­taūts, & winds, with theyr proper names, & the mappe shalbe perfaitlye finished, as for example, you maye be­holde the frame of the Hemisphere of th'Earth, before placed.

Spou.

This carde should seme to giue à great light & knowledge vnto Nauigation. And if I do prae­pare me an other Mappe, for th'other Hemisphere, I shall in these two cōpraehende, & conteine th'vniuersall Earth.

Phil.

Trew it is. but as touching the light, it bringeth to Nauigation, we will make mētion of, at our next meting: & now I will shewe you, how in one carde, or Mappe, you may describe all th'earth, in such wise, as shalbe most perfait, & in that forme, & figure, whiche shalbe right pleasant.

Spou.

I pray you then begin, &The making of a Carde con­teininge the whole Earthe. I shall giue diligence.

Phi.

First describe on some plaine place, an halfe circle A. B. C. vpō the center D. so great as thou wilte haue the carde, after deuide the right lyne A. D. into 90, portions equally. Then place th'one ende of your compasse in A. stretching forth th'other ende vn to 86. degr. xv. min. & xx, secondes, in the line A. D. & so with your Compasse, draw an arke frō D. vnto the halfe circle A. B. C. whiche shall crosse it in B, (for by [Page 128]

[figure]

this way th'arke A. B. being extended right forth, shalbe as long as the right line A. D.) Then you shal diuide this arke A. B. into 90. equal partes. After with your compasse take the quātitie of th'arke A. B. and placing th'one ende in B. take the lyke quātitie in the half circle towardes C. whiche in like ma­ner you shal diuide into 90. portiōs, & so th'arke A. B E shalbe parted into 180. parts. Again with thy compasse take the lengthe of the line A. D. & th'one ende beynge placed in A. take the lyke proportion from A. to F. so that A. F. shalbe e­quall to the line A. D. Then diuide the line A. F. into 90. partes equally, as you did A. D. after placing th'one [Page 129] fote of thy cōpasse in the Cēter D. thou shalt draw arkes in euery of the diuisiōs, or els euery fift, or x. diuision on­lye & note the hiest Arke nexte with G. H. then enter into the table folowing, & find out how many degrees in lōgitude answereth to. 80. degrees of latitude, north frō th'equinoctiall (which in the table are. 140. degrees. 40 minutes) that number you shal accompt in the half cir­cle from A, vnto E. & applying your ruler vnto th'end of this nōber, & vnto the cēter D. drawà short line, whi­che shal extēd vnto H. again enter into your table with 70. degrees of Latitude, & you shall finde. 138. degrees 23. minutes (which I accompt from A, toward E as be­fore, & applying my ruler to the shorte line, & the de­grees in Longitude, with my pen I draw an other shorte line. In like maner I do with th'other paralleles of La­titude. 60. 50. 40. 30. 20. 10.

Spou.

So that by entringe into the table, & accompting the degrees in Longitude frō A. towardes E, & drawing short lines one at th'end of an other, ther ariseth as it wer a portion of a circle frō D to B. & if I could in like maner find the proportiō of th'equinoctiall vnto the South paralleles (whiche in like nōbre are. 90.) thē the whole forme wolde repraesent the figure of half an hart.

Phi.

Th'other parte of the Ta­ble conteining Southe paralleles, shall serue herein your vse sufficiētly. For entring into it with. x. degrees of lati­tude which is the next south parallele frō th'equinoctial, I find. 79. degrees. 46. min. which accompting as before in the halfe circle A E. I drawe an other shorte line at th'end of th'other, & so in like sorte with. 20. 30. 40. 50. [Page 128] [...] [Page 129] [...]

A TABLE, CONTENING THE SEGMENTES and partes of th'equinoctiall, drawne in a plaine plat forme, answering vnto the circum­ference of Paralleles. &c.
The North Latitude of ParallelesParalleles drawen South frō th'Equinoctial
Di DigM. Di Dig40 Di.DiMi Di DiMiunt.
89 14120 44 12640 1 8859 46 4122
88 14120 43 1262 2 8759 47 4019
87 14119 42 12522 3 8658 48 3916
86 14116 41 12444 4 8559 49 3812
85 4112 40 1244 5 8453 50 378
84 1417 39 12316 6 8355 51 364
83 1411 38 12244 7 8252 52 350
82 14055 37 1224 8 8151 53 3356
81 14047 36 12120 9 8017 54 3253
80 14040 35 12038 10 7946 55 322
79 14027 34 11955 11 7844 56 312
78 14022 33 11910 12 7741 57 300
77 1404 32 11855 13 7638 58 290
76 13958 31 11741 14 7533 59 285
75 13946 30 11658 15 7431 60 270
74 13930 29 1169 16 7327 61 261
73 13914 28 11521 17 7225 62 252
72 13845 27 11433 18 7119 63 242
71 13838 26 11345 19 7016 64 233
70 13823 25 11256 20 6912 65 225
69 13813 24 1126 21 687 66 216
68 13756 23 11117 22 673 67 209
67 13732 22 10027 23 6550 68 1912
66 13715 21 10935 24 6455 69 1816
65 13655 20 10855 25 6350 70 1720
64 13633 19 10752 26 6245 71 1623
63 13610 18 10658 27 6140 72 1527
62 13547 17 1069 28 6036 73 1431
61 13525 16 10513 29 5932 74 1337
60 1350 15 10419 30 5841 75 1243
59 13435 14 10322 31 5723 76 1149
58 1346 13 10229 32 5618 77 1055
57 13341 12 10134 33 5513 78 101
56 13312 11 10039 34 548 79 98
55 13243 10 9942 35 535 80 817
54 13215 9 9845 36 520 81 726
53 13148 8 9749 37 5055 82 635
52 13116 7 9651 38 4951 83 544
51 13044 6 9553 39 4844 84 455
50 13010 5 9452 40 4743 85 42
49 12937 4 9358 41 4639 86 313
48 1292 3 9258 42 4534 87 224
47 12829 2 9158 43 4431 88 135
46 12752 1 910 44 4328 89 047
45 12716 0 900 45 4225 90 00

[Page 130] 60. 70. 80. 90. where the Pole Antarctike is, and ma­keth the Figure as you said of halfe an hart.

Spoud.

This can I practise by my selfe at an other season: wherefore I praye you procede to the finishinge of this Mappe.

Philo.

Then takinge the Clothe or Parchemente, in whiche you will describe the Paralleles, and Meri­diane Circles: you shall reduce all the Circles with theyr diuisions, whiche you made in A. B. C. into this seconde Mappe, the Center of whiche is. K. by the healpe of your compasse, firste drawinge a righte line. K. L. the middes of whiche shall be M. and this line muste be in lengthe equall to the Line. D. F. in the first Mappe. Then placinge th'one ende of the compasse in. K. ex­tende th'other vnto. M. and protracte a Circle, whi­che shall represente th'Equinoctiall, and shall be equall vnto the Circle. A. B. C. after take with your Com­passe the distaunce of euerye Arcke described in the firste Mappe, and wyth th'one fote of your compasse, (placinge th'other foote in. K.) drawe Cyrcles in suche circuit, as one of these shalbe foure times the quantity of one of th'other in the firste Mappe.

Moreouer you shall diuide th'Equinoctiall line in­to. 360. equall portions, suche as are in the Line. A. B. C. In like sorte th'other Paralleles, bothe Septemtri­onall, and Southe from th'Equinoctiall, and drawinge from euerye diuision of one Parallele vnto an other short lynes as you did from. D. to. H. in the firste Mappe, [Page 131]

[figure]

your Carde will not onlye growe to the forme of a harte, but also of a double herte one within an other, as thys demonstratiō, & figure sheweth. Last you shal drawe the Tropickes of Cancer and Capricorny, the Circles Arc­ticke and Antarctike, makinge them double lines for the easier knowinge them from th'other paralleles.

[Page 133]Then place in thys Mappe the Face of th'Earthe, ac­cordinge to his partes in Longitude and Latitude, as it is set fourth in my fifth booke, vsinge in euery Countrye, to place onlye the Meridiane Line, for the middes of the same, where as your Mappe is of no greate quanti­tye. Then place the degrees of Longitude, & Latitude vnto the Paralleles, and Meridiane Circles, with Cli­mates, Windes, diuersity of inhabitaunce, and other ne­cessarye thynges.

Spoud.

But maye I not describe the Planet & signe vnder whiche euerye nation is, also in this Mappe? for Ptolomaeus maketh mention of them in his quadripar­tite, as also euery Astronomer wryting of the reuolutiōs of the world.

Phi.

Yes truely, & by that reason, you shall make it an Astronomical Glasse also, & serue your vse profitablye therein.

Spoud.

I praye you geue me à table of the principall windes, of whiche you haue he­therto made no mention, & also of the Planets & sig­nes, vnder whome euery region & Country is gouerned.

Phi.

As touchinge the windes, and there nombre, be­cause it requireth à longer time then now is offered, you shall finde in the table of thē where we make mention of Nauigatiō: but as for the Planets & signes gouerning euery region, because you haue not alway Ptolomaeus, I will not refuse to make mentiō of it in this place, adding furdermore vnto Ptolomaeus the names both of Regi­ons, and Cities, which ether were not knowne of hym, or els willingly omitted. As in this Table you maye easelye perceiue, cōferrīg it with that which is of him described.

Regions and Cities, subiect to the signes & Pla­nets, and first of those that be vnder Aries, and Mars.♈. ♂
Basternia, Syria, Palestina, England, Fraunce, Germany, Burgundie, Sweueland: and of Cities wyth Townes, Naples, Ancona, Ferrariae, Florens, Verona Capua, Lindauia, Cracouia. &c.
Vnder Taurus, and Uenus.♉. ♀
Parthia, Media, Cyprus, the lesser Asia, th'I­landes named Cyclades, Irelande, Heluetia. &c. Of Cities and townes, Bonony, Tigure, Lucerna, Her­bipolis, Lipsia, Posna. &c.
Vnder Gemini, and Mercurius.♊. ☿
Hircania, Armenia, Cyrene, Marmarica, the lower Aegipt, à part of Lombardie and Flāders, Bra­bant: and of Cities and Townes, London, Louain, Bri­gys, Mence, Hasford, Norinberge. &c.
Vnder Cancer, and the Mone.♋. ☽
Numidia, Africa, Bithynia, Carthage, Phri­gia, Hollande, Seland, Scotland, the kingdome of Gra­nat▪ &c: And of Cities & Townes, Constantinople, Ue­nice, pise, Millan, Treuers, York, S. Andrews, Lubeck.
Vnder Leo, and the sonne.
Italy, Sicilie Apulie, Boheme, Phaenicia, à part
♌. ☉
of Turkie, Sabina. &c. And of Cities with townes, Da­mascus. Rome, Confluence, Rauenna, Cremona. Prage.
Under Uirgo, and Mercurius.
Mesopotamia, Babilon, Assiria, Grece, Achaia
♍. ☿
Crete: and of Cities and of townes, Hierusalē, Corinth, [Page 135] Rhodes, Papia, Tolose, Lions, Paryce, Heydelberge,
♎. ♀
Basile.
Vnder Libra, & Uenus.
Bactriana, Caspia, Thebaida, Aethiopia, Lyuo­nia, Austrige, Oasis. And of cities & towns, Caiëta, Lau­da, Suessa, Placentia, Friburge, Argentine, Spiers, Francford. &c.
Vnder Scorpius and Mars.♏. ♂
Iudaea, Cappadocia, Getulia, Mauritania, Nor­way, Cathalonia. And of Cities and Townes, Ualentia, Padua, Messana, Aquileia. &c.
Under Sagittarius, & Libra.♐. ♃
Spayne, Arabia the happy, Ungary, Slauonia, Celti­ca, Misnia. And of Cities & Townes, Tolet, Collein, Narbona, Stutgardia, Rotenburge, Buda. &c.
Vnder Capricornus, & Saturnus.♑. ♄
India, Arriana, Macedonia, Thracia, Grece, Sax­onye, Hessia, Orchney Ilands, Machline, Oxford, Brā denburge, Constantia, Fauentia. Augusta vindel. &c.
Under Aquarius, & Saturne.♒. ♄
Arabie desert, great Tartarie, Denmark, Segdia­na, Sarmatia. & of Cities, Hamburge, Brema, Salis­burge. &c.
Under Pisces & Iubiter.
Lydia, Pāphylia, Calabria, Normandy, Portugal
♓. ♃
Sicilie. & of cities & townes, Alexāder. Hispalis, Cō ­postel, Ratisbone, Worms.
Sp.

Ther now remaineth to speke of the describing à perticuler card for any regiō or coūtry, without knowinge their lōgitudes & latitudes.

Ph.

That is well remēbred, & ther be diuers, & sōdri waies to performe this work, of which I wil shew you but one: that is by an instrumēt, seruing properly to this vse. [Page 136] But like as this waie is more easier then that whiche is performed by longitude, & Latitude, & may be put in practice at all times: so in like condition, the worcke is not so exacte, and perfaite, as by Longitudes and Lati­tudes, whiche require longe and diligent obseruation.

Spou.

In what form is th'instrumēt made by which so much vtilitie may spring, as to describe by it, a country.

Philonicus.

It is made muche like the backe parte of an Astrolabe, conteininge in the circuite. 360. de­grees,

An Instru­ment seruinge th'vse to des­cribe a coūtrey

[Page 137] and hathe à ruler with two sightes, whiche we moue to and fro, as occasion is ministred, vntill thorowe them we see the place desired. But it differeth from an Astrolabe, in that it hath à Diall, with à Nedle fix­ed in it, & also that th'Instrument is diuided into two & thirtie partes, like as à Shipmans compasse. As this figure before placed, doth apparantly set out.

Spoudeus.

This Instrument is easye to be proui­ded,To make a Carte without knowing Lō ­gitude, & La­titude. yea, & that without great expence, & is not trou­blous in cariage: but in what sorte may I by it describe à Country?

Philon.

I will in fewe wordes make it to you euident. With youre Instrumente you shall ascende on some hie towre, Steaple, or Mountayne, so that you may on euery part se the townes, & Uillagies, aboute you adiacent in your Horizont. Then placing your Instrument (which I name à Geographicall plaine Sphere) Flat, & leuell,The Geogra­phicall plaine Sphere. tourninge it from one parte vnto an other, vntil the ne­dle fall on the Meridian Line, in thy Geographicall plaine Spheare, then it remaininge stedfaste: directe the ruler with hys two sightes vnto anye one place that you do see, & marke diligently th' Angle of sight, (GemmaTh' Angle of sight. Frisius calleth it) Angulus positionis.

Spoude.

I praye you be not offended althoughe at thys presente I interrupte you, and or you further pro­cede shewe me what you call the Angle of sight.

Philonicus.

I am nothynge displeased, but muche reioyse that you will not negligentlye suffer [Page 138] thinges to escape you, vntill you be satisfied touchinge their true meaninge. You shall note that the Angle of sighte, is that Arke or portion of the Horizont of anyeTh' Angle of sight. place, comprehended betwixte two Meridiane Circles and drawne by the verticall Circle of the first place, vn­to the Meridian of the secōde, whose distaunce you seke out.

Spou.

Then you in this place call that ArkeA perfit An­gle. of the Horizont, the Angle of sighte, whiche is lesser then à perfait angle, conteininge. 90. degrees.

Phil.

I do so, for if it be. 90. degrees, the place is vn­der the same Parallele of Latitude, but yet differeth in Longitude, & therefore is directly East or West, as also if there be no Angle of sighte, it hathe the same Longi­tude & meridiane Line, & is plaine North or South from you.

Spoud.

Then I pray you proceade with your precept, you saye I shall take the Angles of sight of euerye place that I can see in the Horizont of my place where I be­gin my worke.

Phil.

Yea verelye, and then you shall make in some Paper à greate Circle, & deuide it into. 360 partes, as your Geographicall plaine Sphere is, writinge the foure coastes of the countrey East, South, West, & North, in your paper, then draw right lines frō the Center of your circle, (whiche representeth your place where you take th' Angles of sight of other townes, & villagies adiacēt) vnto suche Angles of sighte as you haue founde oute by your Geographicall plain Sphere.

Spou.

But this shall litle (as I cōiecture) auayle: yea [Page 139] althoughe I might haue th' Angles of sight of all the pla­ces in à Regiō, from my place, if I haue not the trewe distaunce of them?

Philon.

I cōfesse no lesse: for if you haue not th' An­gles of sighte from ij. places, you can not gather the di­staunce of the thirde. Therfore when as you haue placed in the Paper all the Townes, Uillages, or notable hils, that you can se in that Horizont: you shall take your in­strument and Paper, trauelinge vnto some other town, where in like manner you shall go vp into the hiest place of the same, and there placinge your instrumente as be­fore, obserue th' Angles of sight of such Townes & Vil­lagies as are in that Horizont. Whiche ended, you shall describe in the Paper an other circle as before (as farre distaunte frō th'other, as you thinke conueniente, mar­king diligentlye that the Center of the second Circle, be in the line of sighte, drawne from the Center of the firste Circle, it beinge also deuided into. 360. partes) drawing such Angles of sight as you can finde. And so procede frō place to place, vntil euery Towne or Uillage haue come twise in your sight. And where that anye line of the se­conde Circle, Crosseth the like line in the firste Circle, make there a Sterre, or like marke, for that thirde place (so call I the towne obserued twise) & so in like man­ner you shall do with other places, vntil you haue drawn the hole region you desire.

Spoud.

Than it is expediente for me to obserue the Angle of sighte of euerye Towne, from ij. seueral places, so shall I finde oute the distaunce of one of them from an [Page 140] other, or of the thirde frō thē both, as it must be placed in the Card.

Phil.

Yea, and not only in the Card, but that being knowen, you shall easely finde out the distaunce inTo finde the distaunce in miles of diuers places. miles of one of them from an other.

Spou.

That semeth very meruelous, seyng that you haue not theyr Longitudes & Latitudes.

Phil.

Yet the worke is right easie) as I doubte not but you will confesse) for knowing the distaunce in miles of anye Townes, or Uillagies, you shall knowe the true distaunce of all the Townes in an Region, one from an other, as for example.

Swarston in Norfolk, is from Norwich. iij. miles: I deuide as you se the line drawne from Norwiche to it with my compasse, in three equall parts, & after applye my compasse to the line drawne frō Norwich to Wind­ham, & from Windham to Swarston, & find. vi. miles betwixt Norwich and Windham, and. iiij▪ miles from Windā to Swarston.

Spo.

By this way, I can finde

[figure]

out the distaūce of two townes nie together, & by that to finde out the distaūce of all townes in à Carde.

Phi.
[Page 141]

I do greatly commend you, and you may also make à scale, or ruler, conteininge in it the quantitye of miles from one, to an hundreth if you please, and by this menesHowe to finde the distaunce of places. you may take with your compasse the distance of ij. pla­ces, & then apply the compasse to the foresaide scale, or ruler, & you shall finde the perfaite distance. And nowe sence I haue fulfilled your mind for the chief & princi­pall matters belōging to Cosmographie, & Geographie, I will at this present returne to my lodginge againe.

Spou.

Whan shall it be your pleasure, that I shall re­paire vnto you to be instructed in the Terestriall Globe, because you saide that it do mooste aptlye represente the forme of th'Earthe.

Philo.

Being required by certain of my frendes, I do entend, to make a longer & more ample discourse ther­in, then this place will permit: And therfore will at thys time omit it. As touching my fift booke you shall receiue it of me to morrow, which day also for your furderaunce, I entende to consume in teaching you necessarye principles for Hydrographie and Nauiga­tion. And therefore agayne fare you well.

THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF the Cosmographicall Glasse, setting out such necessary principles, & rules, as are to be obserued in Hydrographie, & Nauigation.

Spoudaeus.

THERE IS NO­thing vnder the Globe of the mone conteined, whi­cheTime tedious. vnto man, beast & e­uerye liuinge wite, semeth more tedious, more icke­some, and long thē time, when as they once fele the wante of that they moste desire. Whiche sayinge to be true (althoughe manye do confesse) yet I aboue all other muste of force affirme, re­membringe your promesse, touchinge th'Arte of Na­uigation. For sence your departure, the greadye Grey­hounde (I assure you) neuer more desired his pray, nor the thirstye harte, the flowynge fountaine, or the langui­shinge sicke paciente, the recouery of his health: then my minde wanting her fode and Nutrimente, thoughte longe, wished, and thirsted, after youre presence and companye.

Phi.

It is the proper nature of suche in whose mynde knoweledge haue once builded her Boure, euer more & more (like à couetous mā) to labour & trauell after [Page 143] sciēce: for ther is no other waies, how to expel that foule, & vglie beast Ignorance, out of the minde of mā: & to place knowledge in the same, but by all possible meanes, to imbrace Sciēce & Cunning. Wherfore, lest that your paine should with Tantalus increase: I wil no lenger oc­cupie the time with other kinde of talke, but will begin somwhat to intreat of necessary thinges belōging to Na uigatiō: for I do not intende to set out the differēs of one vessell frō an other, as th'Argousie, Hulke, Ship, Craer, Pincke, Pynice, Gally, or what so euer name they haue, nor yet of theyr takling: but wil leaue it to such as are Pi lotes & masters of that facultie, & will shew thē à way how they shall both correcte their errours, & also guide & direct their Uessels, according t'Arte & Science.

Spo.

Thē first I pray you begin with the diuisiō of the water, expoūding such names as they take of ther place.

Phi.

That was my meaning: & first as touching the seas you shal note that it is diuersly called: either according to the hole, or els accordīg to the part. Accordīg to the hole, as the seas by this generall name Oceā, because they cir­cuitTh'Ocean sea th'earth roūde about. according to the partes, as the seas breaking into the land, & making bāckes on eitherSinus, what it here signifieth side is called Sinus, takinge also the name of the place it floweth into, as Sinus Adriaticus, sinus Arabicus, Si­nus Indicus &c. Also the great seas which diuideth Afrik & Europe is called the midle erth sea: taking that nameMare medite [...] ranium. because in the Weast of Spaine, it breaketh into the middes of th'Earth. The Redde seas where proud Pha­roThe red Seas. & all his bende were drenched: is not farre distante [Page 144] from the midde Earthe Seas, for there is but à certayneMare Mortu­ [...]. hyll, whiche they must nedes go ouer that go by land frō Egipte to Arabia Petrea, that parketh them. Also the Sodomiticall or dead Seas (so called because that Sodōe & other Cities were there burnt with fire coming from heauen) is not farre from Iordane, it is also called the dead sea, because the water moueth not, no not with most vehement tempestes, because of the pitch in it, nether cā any shippe saile, or any fishe liue there. The seas whycheMare Cagela­sum. are vnder the Poles Arcticke & Antarcticke are called the congeled or frosen Seas. There are also the English, Germaine, Spanishe & other seas, of whiche I neade to make no mention, no more then of the notable riuers, as the Themes, the Rhine, Confluence, Neccarus, Danu­bie, Tyber, Nilus. &c. Because they are manifest vn­to suche as trauell in any of them.

Spoud.

I read also in diuerse writers these wordes, Fretum, Lacus, Stagnum, Palus, Fluuius. But theyr difference I know not.

Phil.

Fretum is cōtrary to that pease of th'Earth, thatWhat Fretum i [...]. is called Isthmus. For like as that is â streight portion of th'Earth, hauinge the Seas on bothe sides: so Fretum is à narrowe & streit arme of the Seas, beyng betwixte two shores. Lacus, & we may call it à lake, is that which cō ­tinuallyWhat Lacus is. What Stag­num is. hath water. Stagnum do differ from it, because it conteyneth only water gathered by inundations, and raine in the winter season. Palus is à water merueilusWhat Palus is deape, & broade, & Fluius, we name it à fludde, & is called so of flowyng.

Spoud.
[Page 145]

Your wordes giueth me occation to demaunde the cause of ebbing, & flowing, & also whether the time may by any meane be learned?

Philon.

And I will gladly answere you, for this is not the least thing that Pilotes, & Shipmen ought to haue regarde vnto, bothe for goyng out, & also comminge in into any Porte, or Hauen, & other necessarye matters. & as touchinge the Seas howe that they raise, and Ele­uate vp them selues, as though they would touch the fir­mament, and there with filleth other Armes, Hauens,The cause of spring & ebbe tides. and waters: and also, that they waxe shallowe, and as it were emptye againe: I can coniecture no other cause then that, which the Noble Philosopher & Phisitian Gale nus citith, in his boke De diebus decretorijs: in which he affirmeth that whē as the Mone increse in light, al moist thinges in like case increase: & when as her light decrea seth, they in like sort decrease. Wherby it is euident that spring, & ebbe tides, take their beginning & end of the mones course in the Zodiack. Galenus words are these.

[...] Li. 3. de Dieb. decret. cap. 2.

‘Omnia siquidem quae facere nata est, vbi falcis figurā repraesentat languida fiunt: inualescunt omnia cum plena fuerit.’

‘All thinges which are vnder the power of the Moone, when as she resembleth the sith in likenes, they are feble, & decrease: but al thin­ges waxe & increase, when she is at the Full.’

Spou.

Then by these wordes I gather à re­pugnancieAn obiection. betwixt his authoritie, & dayly experience: for it is more manifest, & clere thē midday, how that the seas ebbe, & flow euery natural day, that is in 24. houres [Page 146] twise: & Galenus saith, how but twise in à Month the Seas ebbe & flow: for because she is but once at the full, & once at the chaunge in this circuit of time.

Phi.

This obiection nothing infringeth Galen his au­thoritie,Th'answere. nor yet experience. For in the spring, and ebbe tides, the seas do encrease, & decrese meruelously: whi­che happen but twise euery mōth, & this is that, which Galenment. And as for daily ebbing, & flowinge, the seas do not increase, or decrease therwith. And therfore is properlye called fluxus, etrefluxus, but th'other Aug­mentum et Decrementum maris.

Spo.

And what is the cause of this dailye ebbinge and flowinge so orderlye, as often & sundrye times I haue well noted?

Phi.

The mone also, for when as she riseth in th'East,The cause of Ebbyng and flowing. the seas begin to increase more & more, vntill she com­meth to the Meridian Circle, & is full Southe: & then causeth full Sea. And so as she declineth from the South, so the sea decrease, vntill she go downe in the Weast O­cean, at whiche time againe the Seas begin to increase, vntill the Moone be in the foresaide Meridian Line, vnder th'earth, & then she is full North, making also full seas. So they decrease by little & little as the Mone aprocheth toward th'East.

Spou.

Then I praye you teache me some briefe waye how I maye at all times finde th'age of the Mone with­oute anye tables of her diurnall course, or Ephemerides: for hauing that, I shall easlye finde oute the springe and ebbetides.

Philon.
[Page 147]

With à right good will, you shall accompt the daies, that are past of thy month, & adde thereto the E­pacte,How at all ty­mes to finde th'age of the Moone. And to this number you shall also adde for euerye month past (beginning at Marche) 1. These 3, num­bers you shall adde together, and that shall shew you the age of the Mone. As for example 1559, the 24. daye ofAn example. August, I wolde knowe the mones age. Firste I adde 24 daies to th'Epact which is 22, the number of them is 46, then from March to August, ther are 5. Monthes past, therfore I adde to 46. the number of 5. and the hole number is fiftie one, from whiche I take thirtie, (for so must you do, if your number be more then xxx. & vnder sixtie) & there remaine, one & twentie, which is th'age of the Mone.

Spoud.

And what if the number be 30. or 60. what must I then do?

Philonicus.

There is no thing to do, for that number sheweth the Moone to chaunge that presente daye.

Spoude.

And howe may I finde the trewe Epacte, for on that is all the difficulte of the worke?

Philon.

That is so easie, as I counte it but lost time to make many wordes there in. For hauinge th'Epacte forTh'Epacte. one yeare: you shal for the next yeare adde xi. & so yere­lie xi. & cast awaye xxx. as ofte as you can: & the rem­nent, shalbe youre Epacte. But because I will not make more wordes in trifles, beholde the Table, and whan the yeares are expired, begin againe at the firste numbre, & so continew for euer without variation.

[Page 148]

The yere of ChristThe gol dē num.Th'E­pacteThe yere of ChristThe gol dē numTh'E­pacte
15603315701323
15614141570144
15625251572155
15636615731626
15647171574177
156582815751818
15669915761929
156710201577111
15681111578222
15691212   
Spou.

Nowe if I coulde know, howe long the Moone doth euery night shine, me thinke it should be very plea­saunt & comfortable, especially beyng on the troublous seas.

Philoni.

And to that thinge also, you shall easely attaine by the helpe of the Table folowing.

A TABLE OF THE SONNE RISINGE and going downe, throughe the whole yeare.
Ianua [...]us.Februarius.Martius.Aprill.Maye.Iune.
Da. of themōSonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.
 HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.
17474137545561654452303743672447753
5742418659516955151664443172945755
1073642465051060605865242573544756
157304306425185516950704974144756
207244266345265426184517941474646754
2571744362453653462644371741174949751
 Iulius.August.September.October.Nouember.December.
Da. of the mōSonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.Sonne rise.Sonne go do.
 HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.HM.
141274844871253962163252872243875347
54157454557554661463952172843275545
10420749536575546664751373442675644
15426734511649645566555574042075545
204327285186426135477445674541575446
2543872252663462153971244874941175149

[Page 149]First you shall seke out the Monthe in this table, withTo know howe lōg the Moone doth shine eue­ry night. his day which if it be not there expressed, take that whi­che is next it. And it shall shewe you what time the sonne setteth: after, seke out th'age of the Mone by th'Epacte, or otherwise, & against that number in this table (inti­tuled the time that the mone shineth. &c.) You shal find houres, & minutes, which adde to the going down of the sonne, & that nomber shall manifestly declare how long she is aboue th'Earthe, as for example. The. xx. daye ofAn example. Marche. 1559. the Mone is xj. daies olde: against which number in the Table of hyr shining, I finde viij. houres, 48. minutes. Thē do I loke at what tyme the sonne set­teth the. xx. day of March, & find it at vi. of the clocke xviij. minutes. These I adde together, and the numbre is xv. hours vi. minutes: so that the mone sheweth vnto iii. of the clocke in the morning, & vi. minutes after. & heare you muste note, that before the Full, & after the chaunge, she shineth presently, the sonne beinge set. But after the Full mone, you shall subtract oute of the sonnes rising, so many hours & minuts, as you finde in th'age of the mone: & the remanent, shal shew when as she do rise as for example. The xxvij. day of March, the moone isAn example. xviij. daies old, the time of hir shining, is x. houres xxiiij minutes: the sonne riseth that day, at v. of the clock. xxx minutes. Now subtract the shining of the Mone, out of the sonnes rising: there remaine vii. houres vi. minuts, the time whan as the Mone shall shew her selfe aboue the Horizont.

[Page 150]

A TABLE SHEVVING HOVVE LONG the Moone shineth in our Horizont.
Th'age of the Mone.The time she shineth.Th'age of the Mone.The time she shineth. 
Dayes.Hovr.Min.Dayes.Hour.Min. 
104816120 
2136171112 
3224181024 
431219936 
54020848 
64482180 
753622712 
862423624 
971224536 
108025448 
118482640 
1293627312 
13102428224 
14111229136 
1512030048 
Spoudaeus.

There yet remain to set out, at what time daily ebbing and flowing shalbe in euery cost or you fur­der proceade: for you haue declared the diuision of the seas: with the cause of the springe and ebbe tides, also of dailye ebbinge, and flowinge, moreouer, the age of the Mone, and how long she shineth▪ wherby I can con­iecture the tides aforesaid: nowe therfore if you do in­structe me, wherby I may know the perfect time of Eb­binge and Flowinge: then you maye with other thynges at your pleasure proceade.

Philon.

That you may do without any labour or stu­dye, if you do, but only know what Mone in that coaste make ful seas: which thinge this Table folowynge shall leade you vnto, in which, I haue placed the principall townes on this shore of England, & of other costes, with the Mone that in euerye one of them make full seas.

[Page 151]

FVLL SE AS IN THESE PLACES FO­l [...]wynge by the coste of the Moone, as whan she is at
London.S. VV.
Graues ende.S. VV. S.
Poperelle.S.
Landes ende.S. E.
Marget.S. S. E.
Gulles.S. VV
SandwichS. E. S.
Douer.S. E. S.
Rhie.S. S. E.
Porchmouth.S.
Portland.S. E.
DartmotVV. S.
PlumotVV. S.
Famot.VV. S.
Mous bay.VV.
Scilli.VV. S.
Milford.VV. S.
The lands end at Gulf.VV. S. VV
And all the coastes vp to bristow, yea and the coastes of Irlande, frō VVaterforde, vnto Holdhēde of Kinssael.w. S.
Calys.S. S. E.
Boleyne.S. S. E.
Depe.S. E. S.
New HauenS. E. S.
The coast of Lions.S. s. w.
Conquit.S. w.
Al the coast à long, till you come to Poell headS. w.
From Po­ell head til you come to the streit of Malgate.S. w.
GrauelinS. E.
DunkerkS. E.
Hoste Ende.S. S. w.
Blanke Borow.S. S. w.
Sluse.S. s. w.
Ramkinses. s. w.
At Anwerpe.E.
Newportes. s. w.
Harwichs. s. E.
Yermouths. E.
All the coast à longe to VVin­tertone.s. E.
Humber.E.
Scarborrow, and à longe the coast to Newcastell.s. w.
Castell.s. s. w.
Holly Ilande.s. s. w.
Barwikes. s. w.
South Hāpton.S.
Blacke DeppesS.
Redde Bancke.S.
Tyne Mouth.s. w.
Hartle Poule.w. S. w.
Feylene.VV. S.
Spo.

This I vnderstande very well.

Phi.

Then when you will learne the time that it shallHow to know th'exacte time of ebbinge and flowyng. be full sea, seke out the towne with the coast of the mone. After, enter into this table (hauing th'age of the mone) & there stay your finger. Then seke in the hier or lower part of the Table, for suche a coast as you founde writen

To the Reader.

Heare should come into this Page (frendly Rea­der) the table of the Mones ebbinge and flowinge: but because the space is not sufficient, you shall finde it, in an open sheet, whiche must here to be annexid.

A PROFIT ABE TABLE FOR FINDINGE OVT EBBES, AND FLVDDES IN THE COASTES of Englande, Scotlande, Irelande, Duchelande, and Fraunce.

THE COATSES OF THE MOONE BEFORE the Full, & after the Chaunge.
Th' age of the MoneEast.East & by S.East. S. E.S. e. & by Ea.S. Ea.S. E. & by So.S. S. East.S. and by Ea.Sou.S. and by we.S. S. weastS. we. & by sS. we.s. w. & by w.we. S. weastwe. &. by So.
 H.MH.MHMH.MHMH.MHMH.MHMH.MHMH.MHMH.MHMH.M.
1648733818939481033111812112481312183334843351863
2736821969511036112112612511362213635143652166651
3824999541030112412912541392243935443952469654739
49129571042112712121257142227312357442527612657742827
5100104511301215101452303154044553061570745830915
6104811331218131482333184344853361873748833918103
711361221161512363214645153662 [...]767518369211061051
8122419154239324494545396247975483991410910541139
91121572423274124575426177127578429271012105711421227
10202453304155054563071580845930101511011451230115
112483334181535486137188284893310181131148123311823
12336421565516367218685193610211161151123612126251
13424595546397248985493910241191154123912429254339
145125576427278128579421027111211571242127212257342427
15606457308159094510301115120124513021530345430531
16606457308159094510301115120124513021530345430531
175125576427278128579421027111211571242127212257342427
18424595546397248985493910241191154123912429254339
19336421565516367218685193610211161151123612726251
20248333418535486137188284893310181131148123311823
21202453304155054563071580845930101511011451230115
221121572423274124575426277127578429271012105711421227
23122419154239324494545396247975483991410910541139
24113612211615123632146451536621767518369211061051
25104811531218131482333184344853361873748833918103
26100104511301215101452303154044553061570745830915
279129571042112712121257142227312357442527612657742827
28824999541030112412912541392243935443952469654739
29736821969511036112112612511362213635143652166651
30648733818939481033111812112481312183334843351863
 vvest.w. and by N.w. N. weastN. we. by weN. w.N. w. by N.N. N weastN. & by w.Nor.N. & by Ea.N. N. East.n. c. & by N.N. E.n. c. & by ea.E. N. East.N. and by E.

THE COASTES OF THE MOONE from the Full vnto the Chaunge.

Place this Table before the leafe. 153.

[Page] [Page 153] with your towne, and ouer againste th' age of the Mone you shall haue the daye, and houre; when as in that coste it is full sea. As for example, I finde at Yermouthe. S. E.An example. Wherby I saye that à Southeast Mone, make à full sea with them: thē I Imagine the Mone to be. xij. dais olde therfore in the firste rowe I seke th' age of the Mone, & in the hier part of the Table, find S. E: then descending vntill I be directly against th' age of the Mone, I find vi. hours. xxxvi. minutes, which is the exact time, whan as it is full sea at Yermouthe. So in like manner you maye worke with any place, about this our Ocean sea, as in the table goyng before it is euident.

Spoude.

This I do right well perceiue.

Philon.

Now order inforseth, that we conuert oure talke vnto the windes, because of the necessary vse of thē in Nauigation, & first you shall vnderstande that the winde is no other thing, then à hot & dry exhalatiō, in­gendredWhat the winde is. in the bowels of th' Earth, which once breaking forth, is driuen rounde aboute the face of the same.

This bothe Homer, and th' olde Graecians, deuidedFoure Princi­pall windes. only into iiij. East, Weast, North & South. But those that folowed them next, after à more exquisite sort, de­uided the Horizont into. viij. equall portions.

Spoud.

And what names did they deuise for them?

Philon.

I will shewe you, they called th' East: Subsola­nus, for that the sunnè riseth there being in th' equinoc­tiall poyntes. The Weast wind also they called Fauoni­us, of norishinge: the winde whiche commeth out of the North, Septentrio: the South winde Auster. Then the [Page 154] wind that bloweth betwixt th' east, & the South, named South East. Also that which cōmeth out of that place be­twixt th' east & the north, they called it northeast. The space directly betwixt the north, & the west, they named northwest: as betwixt the south, & the west southwest, as in this, figure A. B. C. D. represent the Horizōt, A. th' east, B. the north: C. the weast, D. the south: E. the northeast: F. the nortwest: G. the southeast: & H. the Southeast.

Spo.

Yet ther is another kind of partinge the Horizōt, thē you haue declared: for I remember that I red in Marcus Manilius, how the Horizō: wasMarcus Mani­lius. parted in 12. partes: but the reason of it I could neuer vn­derstande. His versis as I remember, are these.

[figure]
Asper ab axe ruit Boreas: furit Eurus ab Ortu:
Auster amat medium Solem: Zephyrus (que) profundum.
Hos inter binae mediis è partibus aurae.
Fxpirant similes, mutato nomine, flatus.
From the North, rough Boreas come: & Eurus, from th' East:
Auster, from the South bloweth: & Zephyrus, from the VVest.
Betwixt either of these quartes, two other windes brost out:
In nature like: their names changed, whistling all th' earth about.
Phi.

Manilius doeth very aptly shew th' order of par­ting the Horizōt in to 12. partes. For (saith he) ther com meth two windes frō those partes of the Horizont, where th' equinoctial crosseth it equally, of which, th' East he cal­leth Eurus: And the Weast Zephyrus, or Fauonius. Thē the meridiā circle crosseth also the Horizōt equally [Page 155] in the middes. And so by these intersectiōs ther are two other windes described: the North, he calleth Boreas, The Southe Auster.

Spoud..

These. iiij. are the Principall windes, & a­greeth with Homer & th' olde Gretians.

Philo.

Yea, but in the rest it differeth bothe from thē, & also the seconde sort. For these parted the Horizont in. 8. equall portiōs: but Manilius into. 12. inequal parts for he described. iiij. collaterall windes by the. ij. Tropick Circles, which are the places where the Sonne riseth & goeth downe in the middes of Somer, and Winter. And

[figure]

[Page 156] also other 4. winds at the Circles Arctick & Antarctick.

Spou.

I remēher that in our first daies talk, you shew­ed me what th'equinoctiall, the Tropickes, & the circles Arctik & Antarticke were: notwithstanding I shall the more spedely conceiue your meaning, if you vouch safe (as hetherto you haue vsed to geue me some example & pic­ture hereof.

Phil.

That I will not refuse to do, or any other thinge, so that the more vtiliti hereof may vnto you insue. Wher fore behold the tipe before placed in which. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Is the place of the Horizont. H. the Nor­the. A. th'East: L. the Southe: &. B. the Weast. From which the Principall windes doth blowe. C. is the place wher the Sonne riseth in the Sommer, & E. wher in the same time of the yeare he setteth: Also. D. do represent the place, where as the sonne riseth in the winter poynte, and F. the coaste where he goeth downe. Also that part of the Arctick circles, which is most easterly marked with G, & th'other part furdest Weast, noted wyth I. also the part of the Circle Antartike furdest East, is mar­kedThe Horizont parted into 32 partes. with M. And th'other portion furdest west with K. But nowe in oure time, the learned Hydrographers, & Trauelours on the Seas, haue yet gone beyonde them all, partyng the Horizont in 32. equall portions, as sufficiēt­ly answering vnto euery viage throughe the hole Earth, & they haue geuen them very apte names, as in this In­strument folowyng more largely appeareth.

Spou.

Thus I see, that by diligence, & laboure, small thinges haue great roote, & increasing. For firste [Page 157]

[figure]

there were founde out but iiij. Cardinall, & cheif win­des: after they wer made viij. in numbre, then xii. And now in our dayes 32. so that I beleue we be at the furdest, and that those whiche folow vs, shall not be able to addeThe number of windes in­finite. any thing to this pertition of windes.

Phi.

You are much deceiued, if that you so do think, for the nūber of [...]indes be infinite, & breke out of euery part of the horizōt. But like as 12. in nūber semed not sufficēt: so 32. ar thought to answer in all parts, that is in Nauigatiō required, & the deuisinge of â greater number, shall rather cause confusion of memorie: then helpe in this behalfe. Also by this Compasse (the Sonne shynynge) you shall perfitly [Page 158] know the houre of the day by the coast he is in. As when he is right Easte, & West, it is alwaye sixe of the cloke: also, à Southe Sonne maketh xij. of the clocke. So in like maner, à southeast sonne, maketh ix. of the cloke, & à south weast sonne, iij. of the cloke after noone. Th'other houres are manifest by the compasse.

Spou.

This is very necessary also in trauilinge. And nowe retourne to that, from whence we did digresse.

Ther are certein qualities applied to the windes, wherof doth that springe?

Phi.

There are so, & that cometh of the tēperatureNorth windes colde. of th'Earth, so that the North windes be called coulde, because they procede frō the frosen Zone, & these south windes hote, because that they come frō the burnt zone.South windes hote. But this belōgeth more to Physick, thē Nauigatiō. For we seke herin, to learne th'apt winde which shall cary vs, vnto the desired Porte, & not health, which is the Phy­sitions chiefe care.

Spou.

I cōfesse no lesse, but yet sence we haue entred in to this matter, I wyll be so bold, as to trouble you herein further. And where as you say, the qualities of the win­desAn obiection spring of the tēperature of th'earth, do you meane the zones, & Climates?

Phil.

I do no lesse:

Spou.

Thē seyng the North winde is called cold, because it cometh frō the north fro­sen zone, why by the like reason shall not the South win­des be of like qualitie, cōming frō the south frosen zone?

Philoni.

I wyll aunswer you in few wordes. TheTh'Answere. North winde commeth from the North frosen zone, [Page 159] and is felt in our Climate, because we are situated, nerer that, then the South frosen Zone: whiche beinge vnder our fete (as you haue heard before declared) is kepte frō vs, & the couldnes of the winde, not only mitigated, but also greatlye altered, throughe the heate of the burninge Zone. And therfore the South windes are called hotte.

Spou.

This doth very well agre both to reason, & ex­perience. So that in th'Equinoctial, wher both the north, and South windes meete, there the windes are called tē ­perate,Windes tem­perate vnder th'eqninoctiall because the couldnes of them is taken away by the heat of the burninge Zone. And by this also I gather, that suche as dwell in the temperate Southe Zone, ( [...] Proclus call it) beyond th'Equinoctiall, they call the South wind cold, and the North wind hot.

Phi.

It must neades so be, for that the burninge Zone qualifieth the coldnes os the Northe windes, throughe his heat, as to vs, he doth the South.

Spou.

There is now an other dout entred into my hed, of which to be deliuered I must (or we furder proced) re­quire your ientill aid. And that is, whether in describingA question. the. iiij. Cardinall windes, you call the North Pole, the furdest North poynt or not: and th'Antarctick Pole the South poynte.

Philon.

No verely, respecting our climate, but I callTh'Answere. North, & South, the place of the Horizōt, which the meridiā circle rightly doth crosse, as also th'east, & west, wher th'Equinoct. crosseth the horizōt.

Spo.

Thē vnder th'equinoctial, where the Poles are equall with th'earth [Page 160] the Poles them selues are the north & South poyntes.

Phil.

It muste of force so be. But now seinge theis instructions seme sufficient vnto you, touchinge the order, number, diuision, and names of the windes: I will passe from that, and conuerte my talke, vnto the desired scope, (that is) howe to directe anye shippe, from place to place, from Port to Port, exactly by Art:

Spou.

And that is a thinge, whiche semeth merueilous. For it is thought praise worthye to go by lande, directlye without errour, from one place to an other, farre distant a sonder, hauing no path, or waye whereby to be guided. But in the wide Ocean, to finde à direct way, & to con­ducte his vessell vnto the port desired, is much more com­mendable. If Vlisses had knowne this Art, he shoulde not haue hene so long tossed on the troublous seas. If Diome­des,Vlisses. or Aeneas, had bene herein learned, they had not soDiomedes. Aneas. manye yeares bene driuen from place to place: knowinge not by what meanes, to attaine to their so longe desired Region. What thing more commodious for Princes, was there euer inuented: more profitable for à comon weale: and more necessary for al men? And that considering the worthye Princes in time paste, called Neptunus th'in­uentor hereof, à God: as also Aeolus, which found out the vse of windes: For it is truely said, honor norisheth artes.Neptunus. Aeolus.

Philon.

I wold in these daies, they woulde reward the learned, & painful (which ether inuent, or adde to that which is inuented) with â necessary liuing, & as for cal­ling thē gods, let that passe, it is to great a title for mor­tall men. But omit we these thinges, as touchinge the [Page] directing of anye shippe, you maye do it two waies: th'one by the compasse onely, whiche was to th'olde Hydrogra­phers,The compasse vnknowen to th'olde Hydre graphers. vnknowne: th'other by longitudes, Latitudes, and the compasse, of which her after we will shew the maner. As touchinge the firste waye, I will not laboure to write much of, because it is knowne well nie to euery Mariner. But yet I will shewe them certain obseruations, by whi­che there is found manye errors in the nedle: that done I will also declare, how they shall correct the same, and sail more exactly then the most part are able?

Spou.

Thys is à merueilous nedle, whiche beinge tou­ched,The praise of the neadle. (as I heare onlye with the Magnes) shoulde knowe to turne alwaye to the North pole, and that only by the same, the. iiij. Plages, and quarters of th'Earthe, are presentlye founde oute. But what be th'obseruations of this neadle, by whiche you affirme that it doth not ex­actlye poynte Northe, and Southe.

Phi.

They are of Iofrancus sette forthe, in thys wise.Obseruations of the nedle where it hath erred. In the Ilande called Insula Corui, it declined Easter­lye. xv. degrees. Also in the place which shipmen call (Le Cap d'espoir en terre neuue) it declineth towarde the Weaste. 33. degrees, and. 45. minutes. Againe at Deppe, (saithe he) it poynteth Easterlye to much, by. 11. degrees well nie.

Spo.

If this be certain, then in dede th'error is not tol­lerable, but admit it be not so much, yet error in all thin­ges (as much as is possible) is to be eschewed, & veritie to be folowed. Wherfore I pray you, shew me how to find out à perfait nedle, & to correct it, if it be not perfect.

Phi.
[Page 161]

Both the chosing of à nedle that is perfit, & also to correct the false, consisteth all in one precept. For if IHow to cor­recte the nedle can correct à false nedle, I can also chuse à true, & per­fit: the way how you shall do that, is on this wise. whē you will verifie your nedle (if it be in the daye) you shall vse the healpe of the Sunne (and on the night) of some fixed sterre, marking diligently whā they are in the nonestead line: & then direct your nedle vnto the Sonne, or sterre, & if the flower of the nedle be righte Northe from it, your neadle is perfit: or if the flower be toward the sonne, & th'other part of it North, it is also true, & this your nedle corrected, you shall perfitly directe your ship, with­out errour.

Spou.

I can with my Astrolabe, or Qua­drāt, obserue the height of the sōne, & sterre, vntill that he come to the meridiā, or nonestead line (as you taught me in the secōd dais talk) & at that instāt, place my ne­dleFol. 91. 92. 93. 94. right towards him.

Phi.

And this wil serue as wel on the seas, as on the lād. But on the lād you may draw à meridiane line, as I taught you, & set your cōpasse on the meridian Line, which you haue drawen, in suche maner, as the line North & South in the compasse, stand right in the same, & it is of all other th'exacte waye: & this hauinge youre line made, you maye at all times, ve­rify any nedle, not tarying for the sonnes comming to the Meridian Circle.

Spou.

But then my Meridian line whiche I haue drawē, must euer be fixed in some place without remouīg

Philo.

It must neades folow. Ther is also great error committed in describing the shipmans Cart, because thei [Page 162] vse right lines in the place of Parallele circles, of which at this time I will no further intreate.

Spoud.

Then I praye you begin the waye how to saile by Longitudes, and Latitudes.

Philon.

Vnto this way are required the circles of the Spheare, the meridian altitude of the sonne by daye, and sterre by nighte, the heighte of the Pole, the longitude of Regions and Portes, and the vse of the shipmans qua­drat, whose inuentor was worthy D. Gemma.

[figure]
Spou.
[Page 163]

As touching the Circles of the spheare, you gaue me instructiōs in our first daies talke: also to find th'alti­tude of the Pole, sonne, & sterre in the second daies me­ting: the longitude of places you promised to set forth by themselues & geue me at my departure: therfore ther, only remain, to shew me th'use of the quadrat, in this art.

Phi.

Thē I will herin satisfie your expectatiō & finish our talke for this present. This Quadrat as you se contei­neth. 32. poyntes, with their names in them written.

Spoud.

I perceiue it wel, but what is ment by those de­grees of Lōgitude, & Latitude, in that order placed?

Philon.

I will shew you, opening the whole Art of di­rectingHowe to di­rect a shippe to any Porte. your shippe. First you must seke out the longitude & Latitude both of the place from whence you saile, & also of that vnto which you intend to trauaile. Those you shall for the moste parte finde in my boke (whiche I will deliuer you at our departing) then subtracte the smaller number of Longitude and Latitude oute of the greater, and with the differēce of Lōgitude and Latitude, do in this maner. First if the Longitude of the place vnto whi­che you trauell be greater then that from which you de­part, entring into the hier part of the Quadrate (and to­warde the left hande vnder thys title, the greater lon­gitude) you shall seeke oute in degrees and minutes, thys difference. And do in like maner in the lower part of the table directly vnder it, & this difference so founde oute, apply à thride, or ruler, to the number founde in the hier part of the Quadrat, & also in the lower part.

Spou.
[Page 164]

But & if the Longitude of the place vnto whiche I trauell, be lesse, thē that from whiche I departe shall I not then accompt the difference of Lōgitude from the middle Line, toward the right hand?

Ph.

You must so do, but now as touching the difference in Latitude of the two places, if the pole of the place (vnto which you direct your shippe) be greater, then the Pole of the place, from which you losen then accomptinge frō the middle line vpward, vnder this title, the greater La­titude, & in like case toward the right hād, then draw and extend a thrid, or apply à rulers, vnto this nūber of latitud, & wher the. ij. thrides or rulers crosse one an o­ther, ther make à marke for it is the place which you de­sire.

Spou.

But where shall be placed the port from which I must depart?

Phil.

In the Center, or mids of the Quadrat. So that if you applie à ruler frō the Center of the Quadrate, vnto th'intersectiō of the two thrides or rulers, it shalbe ma­nifest what point or winde, you must vse, vntill you haue finished your course.

Spoud.

But admit the lōgitudes be not trewly obser­ued, & so I shalbe deceiued, how shall I know when we haue sailed the differēces in lōgitude of theis ij. places?

Phil.

That you may at all times without difficultie bring to passe, by finding out the height of the pole: which you may do in the day, by the height of the sonne, at mid­day, or on the nyght, by some fixid Sterre: or (that sterre which Shipmen call) the Lode Sterre.

Spou.
[Page 165]

How may I knowe the forme of this lode starre?

Phil.

Because the forme of it shall much better make you know it, then th'vse of many wordes, behold here the Figure folowing, in which you shall see the configuration both of the Pole Arctick, and also Antarctick. And now againe to oure former talke: hauing the height of the Pole found oute by in­strumēt, you shall enter in­to the Quadrat with thys number, findinge oute the Latitude, frō the midline, vpward or downward, as before it was declared: & ap­ply à ruler vnto the same place, noting diligentlye where this ruler, toucheth the line whiche was drawne frō the center, vnto the intersectiō of the difference of Lōgitude and Latitude first taken. Thē accōpt the like number in the differēce of Lōgitude, that you did of Latitude, and applying the ruler ther vnto, it shall shew plainly the lō ­gitude of that presēt place, like as the line from the cen­ter, do certainly declare the coste of the worlde.

A. I [...] the Sou­the Pole, D. C. th'Equi noctiall. [...]. the Northe.

Spou.

This semeth to haue à singuler vse in rectifying the longitudes of places. Nowe that, whiche here is spoken▪ toucheth onlye th'exacte course (and as it were) the pathe, in which we muste saile. But if greate windes,How to know in what place they are, beyng driuen from theyr course. tempestes, and stormes arise, so that we are vtterly driuē from oure course, tossinge vp and downe, the Seas, howe maye I knowe, in what Parallele, and Climate, we are, [Page 167] that therby we may come againe to our right course.Fol. 77. 78.

Phil.

That shall you do by the helpe of the Table of Clymates, & Paralleles, in the seconde boke, & by thé Eleuatiō of the Pole, the findyng of whiche I haue so of­tē set forth, that I am ashamed to make therof any more mention.

Spou.

Then you will that hauinge the height thereof, I shall enter into that table of Climates, & seke ther the eleuatiō, & directly against it, I shall finde the name of the Paralleles, & Clymates.

Phil.

You do rightly vnderstande my meanyng. And these thinges parfaitly kept in memorie, & put in prac­tise, when as occation shall be ministred: ther ar not ma­ny other thīges in this busines requisite. Wherfore, seyng that I haue satisfied your request, in all such thinges as you at our first daies meting desired, I thinke it à conue­nient place, at this time to make an ende touchinge this Argument of Cosmographie, Geographie, & Nauiga­tion. And therfore depart with me, & you shall receiue the Boke, which I promised, conteinynge in it the Lon­gitudes, & Latitudes of the famous Regiōs, Countreis, Cities, Townes, Villagies, & suche like, as ar placed on the face of th'Earth. And when you find any other doub­tes, either in this Arte, or any other belonging to my pro­fession, if you do to me resort, I will therin willingly helpe you to my power.

Spoud.

I thanke you most hartely, & thus haue I kept you (for my vtilities sake) from your vrgent, and [Page 168] necessary busines, this long season, & that without recei­uing at my hand againe any recompēce. But sence I can not do herein what my good will is, I shall re­ferre the whole vnto God, who plētiously rewardeth the good trauelles of euery man.

THE FIFTHE BOOKE OF THE COSMOGRAPHICAL GLAS, IN VVHICHE the partes of th'Earthe, perticulerlye (accordinge to the late obser­uations of Cosmographers in oure age) are exactlye described. VVith the Longitudes and Latitudes of Regions, Pro­uinces, Ilandes, Cities, Townes, Villages, Hilles: also the commodities of euerye Countrye, the natures of th'Inhabitauntes, Lawes, Rightes, and Cu­stomes, with diuers other thinges coinci­dent to the same.

PERCHAUNCE, ther mai arise sundry sico­phāts (reading this my la­bour folowing) which will not let to accuse me of arrogancie, in that I take this part in hand, sence Ptolo­maeus that famous Kinge hath of that argument left to vs his Geographie. Unto whome I answer, confessing me not worthy to kisse his fotesteppes, aswell for the ma­iestie of his person, whan he liued, as also for his excellent Learning, Science, & diligence. But seinge the hougie­nesse of the labor, did farre transcend not only his, but al so the diligence of anye one man (hauing none other be­ginning then he had) he is to be excused, though he haue not expressed throughoute his hole worke the true situa­tion of places. For as touchinge this parte it is requisite, ether to trauell muche him selfe, or els to take obseruati­ons of the mooste learned, whiche dwell in the Regions, for whiche he will wrighte. [Page 169] But th'other part of his laboures touching the heauen­lye motions (because remaininge in one place) he might beholde the Heauens, tourninge and showinge them selues, he hathe moste exactlye not only laid the founda­tion, but also broughte it to perfecte ende, as the noble Almegist dothe testifie. But as touchinge this my booke of Longitudes and Latitudes, I haue for the chief pla­ces of Englande vsed bothe my frendes trauailes, and also mine owne obseruations. And where as any place is taken oute of Ptolomaeus, that shall you find noted with a starre*. In whiche also thys I haue diligently obserued (hauinge. vi. sondrye examples and Copies) that where the mooste parte of them agree, that I haue onlye vsed. Also in describinge other Regions, I haue folowed th'ob­seruations of th'inhabitantes. As in Fraūce, I haue vsed authours, which are French men: For Spaine, Spaniar­des: in Germany in like case Germaines: And in the late founde Ilandes, suche as do of them most probably treat. Moreouer, I haue for the moste parte, placed to euery Citie, Towne, & Porte, two names, th'one Latin for the cōmunitie of the tōgue, th'other as it is properly of th'in­habitauntes named. And if I shal not exactly for the dif­ficultie of the worke in all places expresse the perfite Lō ­gitudes & Latitudes: Thou muste herein pardon me (frendly Reader) for the cause aledged, & also take this in good parte, seynge no man (Ptolomaeus excepte) hetherto haue in all partes set oute so large, & ample à worke. But now I will cōmit it to thy descretion & iud­gement.

A PERTICVLER DESCRIPTION OF Europe: VVhich in our daies conteineth Christendome and part of Turkie.

SEing that th'Earthe inuironed, and compassed with the mightye Ocean seas, semeth as it were an Iland: th'ancient Geographers (for the bet­ter auoyding confusiō in the describing of the face of the earth (deuided it into. iij. partes, Europe, Africke and Asia. As for the fourthe parte, whiche is called Ameri­ca or the newe worlde, was vnto them vnknowne. Ther­fore at this presente, mindinge to folowe the same order, I will first begin with Europe. This parte was so called as histories do witnesse, of an amiable Ladye called Eu­ropa being daughter to King Aginor, whōe Iupiter (be­ing rauished with her beuty) espying among à companye of other virgins, playinge by the sea side caried away out of Africke, saylinge throughe the Ponticke Seas vntyll he came into Crete. This storie the Poëtes in this wise do resite, how that Iupiter turned into à white Bul, did cari hir on his back thorow the seas into Crete, which bul was no other thing thē that in their Ensigns, & Flagges, the Cretētiās nauie bare the white Bul. This part of th'erth is pleasantly separated from Africk, by the middle earth Seas, which is so named of sundry Nations, that it nori­sheth. It is also parted from Asia, by the notable Riuer Tanais, whiche from the North partes with great vio­lence runneth into Ponte Euxine. [Page 171] The Heauens in this part giueth temperatnes of Aëre: th'Earth flowing with aboundance of all thinges neces­sary for mans vse. As Graines, Fruites, Fishe, Foule, Oyles, Wines, Catell, Metalles, & suche like. The na­ture of the people more ciuill, frindlyke, wise, learned, & apter vnto warres then they of Afrike, & Asia. And al­though it may seme much inferior to them, if you do con­sider the bignes, & quantitie: yet in the commodities to it belonging, it shalbe to either of them equiualēt. Mor­ouer it is beautified with pleasaūt Ilandes, adorned with notable Riuers, & finally garnished with innumerable Cities, Townes, Fortresses, & Uillages. The length (by directe distaunce from the vttermoste confines, & bor­ders of Spaine, vnto Constantinople in Graece the furdest place East of all Europe) conteineth after Ptolomaeus minde 2200. Englishe miles: the breadth of it to be som­what lesser Ptolomaeus affirmeth. Notwithstanding, if you rekē the Septentrion all Regiōs, which ware to Pto­lomaeus vnknowen, as Sueulande, Gothlande, Norway, & other such, you shal well perceiue the Latitude to ex­cede the length of the same. Ther are also in Europe ma­ny perticuler Regions, as Englande, Irlande, Scotlande, Spayne, Fraunce, Germany, Italy, Polande, Unlgarie, Denmarke, Graece, & diuerse, vnto the nūber (as Pto­lomaeus affirmith) of 34. Of whiche seuerallye I will set out the notable Cities & townes, mountaynes, & ri­uers, beginning with Irland first, as Ptolomaeus doeth in his Geographie.

OF IRLANDE.

IRland is an Ilād ve­ry fertile, subiect to the Crowne of Englād: In it ther ar great plētie of wolues, red Alume, sea Cole, also mines of gold, & siluer, & in sūdry pla ces Pearles are foūd. It brin­geth forth very many herbes necessarye for the healthe of man. It is free from Ueno­mous beastes, & Wormes, as Ranny, Tode, Edder, Snack, swift, or such like. The people are sauage, wilde, & beastly, they are giuen to sorcerie, su­perstitiō, & witchcraft: their shirtes, & smokes are saffro­ned, they go with long Man­tils, Their weapons in battel are Darts, & swords, which are brodest at the point: theyr musicall Instrumētes in bat­tell, are Bagpipes. They de­light in many coloured fring. They are great drinkers of Aqua vitae (which is ther on­ly medicine.) They liue vnto 60. 70. And (as I here) vn­to 90. yeares. The longitude of it, is supposed to be 280. En glishe miles, & the breadth, 92. miles. The middes of this Ilande hath in longitude, & latitude. 7. 0. 57. 0. The chiefe places are

*The north ꝓmontorie.13. 0. 61. 0
*Venicnium promontorie.12. 50. 61. 20.
Reba.6. 40. 57. 20.
Lamon.7. 5. 56. 30
S. Patrickes Purgatory6. 42. 58. 50
* Diuiline. Eblana.14. 0. 59. 0

There are ioyninge vnto Irlande, fiue Ilandes called Ebudae, but of Plinie, Haebu des. Of which that whiche is most west, is called properlye

* [...]buda.15. 10. 62. 0

That which is moste East.

*Ebuda.15. 20. 62. 0
Ricnea.17. 0. 62. 0
Maleos.17. 30. 65. 10
Epidium18. 30. 62. 0

Also on th'east part of Ir­lande, are these Ilandes.

*Monarina17. 40. 61. 30
*Th'Il [...] of Man15. 0. 57. 20
*Adros, a desert.15. 0. [...]9. 20
Limnus, a desert.15. 0. 59. 0

OF ENGLANDE.

ENglande the most famous and plenti­full Iland in all the [Page 173] Earth of Ptolomaeus called Albion, afterward Britānia secunda: Bicause that in the daies of Ptolomaeus, Scotlād & it were accompted for one Ilande, It is inuironed about with th'Oceā Seas, not much vnlike to à Triāgle in shape: it hath on th'East parte of it, Germany, on the South East, Fraunce, on the Weast, Ire­lande, & on the North, the 30. Ilandes, called Orchney. Of Englande, both of the fin­ding of it firste, & also of the perticuler description, heraf­ter, I shall more largly speak (if God graunt life.) At this time, I intend but onely to set out the Longitude, & Lati­tude of the chiefe Cities, & Townes, as here foloweth.

*Bathe, Aquae calidae.17. 30. 53. 40
*Banger, Ganganotum.15. 30. 57. 30.
Berwicke. Tuesis.17. 0. 56. 50
*Bodnam. Voliba.14. 50. 52. 20
Bedforde.21. 0. 52. 0.
Bukhingham.25. 0. 52. 50
Bury.22. 20. 52. 0
Callis. Caletum.25. 10. 51. 40.
Caērleil. Caturactonium19. 30. 58. 0
Caëmarden. Maridunum15. 30. 54. 40

Cambridge, à Uniuersitie florishing with al kind of good letters. 21. 30. 52. 0

Canterbury.22. 10. 51. 10
Chester. Vsellum.18. 30. 52. 10
*Chichestre. Naeomagus.19. 43. 53. 35.
Colchestre. Camulodanum.21. 0. 51. 40
Couentrie.20. 0. 52. 0
Darbie.20. 0. 54. 10
*Dee. Deua, a riuer.17. 0. 60. 0
Doncaster. Deuana.18. 30. 55. 0
*Doram. Dunum Sinus.20. 45. 57. 30.
Elye, an Ile.21. 36. 52. 16
Excestre. Isca.17. 30 52. 15
Gloucestre.18. 0. 54. 30
Harforde20. 0. 52. 50
Humber. Abus, a riuer.21. 0. 56 30.
Huntington.21. 0. 53. 20
Hulle.21. 10. 54. 34
Kirkby. Olicana.19. 0. 57. 30
Lancastre19. 0. 55. 0
Leicestre.19. 40. 52. 50
Lincolne. Lindum.18. 20. 55 10.

London of Ptolomaeus called Lōdinium, is the chief & principall citie of all th'I­land, it is exceding populous, it is inhabited with men of e­uerye facultie, it was builded before Rome. 420. yeare, be­fore [Page 174] the reign of Alexander the great. 811. yeres, & befor Christ our sauiors incarnatiō 1136. so that from the firste buildinge of it, the yeares are 2735. And whereas Cities throughe processe of time do come to ruin & decay: this Ci­tye contrariwise do more and more beautifye and increase. the Longitude & Latitude. 19. 52. 51. 30.

Manchester. Mediolanium.16. 45 56. 40.
S. Micha [...]ls mount.12. 0. 51. 30
New Castell. Orrea.19. 20 58. 55
North Hampton.21. 0. 52 15

Norwiche an healthfull & pleasant Citye, hauinge à faire Riuer called Yerus, ronning thorow it, which co­meth out of the seas, frō Yer­mouthe coste. It is much sub­iect to fiers, which haue not à little hindred the beuty ther­of. The picture of it you shall find liuely set out in the firste boke: the longitude & Lati­tude. 22. 30. 52. 10..

Notyngham. Hrate.18. 0. 55. 30.

Oxenford called (of Pto lomaeus) Caleua à norishe of learning, and à famous vni­uersitie it is in Longitude & Latitude. 19. 0. 51. 50.

Penbrouch.16. 0. 53. 40
Peterborough.21. 0. 53. 20
Portsmouth,19. 0. 51. 20
Richmunde19. 0. 55. 20
Sandwich.21. 45. 54. 0
Salisbury.19. 0. 51. 50
Seuerne, a riuer.17. 20. 54. 30
Sudburie.21. 20. 51. 55
VVinchester.21. 30. 50. 15
VVight, an Ilande.19. 20 52. 20
Yermouth.22. 20. 52. 20.
Yorke.19. 0. 54. 20
Ypswich.22. 0. 52. 40
Tynemouth.24. 0. 58. 30
Tenet, an Iland.23. 0. 54 20.

OF SCOTLANDE.

SCotland being reco­ned of Ptolomaeus, but for part of Albi­on is parted by two armes of the seas, which mete not from England. Th'east arme begin about. ij. miles from the min­ster of Eburcuring: the weast arme on the right side, à strōg Citie Aclynd (whiche in the Britishe tongue, was called the Riuer Clynt.

[Page 175]The chiefe cities, & townes, are these folowyng.

S. Andrewes.16. 40. 57 55.
Dunber. Varer17. 0. 59. 30.
Dundie.19. 20. 59. 30
Dunkel.19. 20. 58. 0

Edenbrugh called Alata castra is the chief Citie in all Scotlande. 17. 15. 59. 20

Saint Iohns15. 40. 59. 15

Also the middes of the 30. Ilandes adiacent to Scotlād, called Orchney. 30. 0. 61. 40

OF ISLANDE.

ISland cal­led of Pto­lo. Thyle, is an Ilāde subiecte to the king of Denmarke: it is full of mar­uailous thinges to beholde.

Amonge whiche ther are iij. mountaines of an incredible height: the toppes of which ar cōtinually couered with snow. The first mountaine is called Helga: the seconde, the moūt of the Crosse: the thirde, He­cla, which cōtinually (like to the mountaine Aetna) doeth burne, castīg with violēce (as it were out of à Gūne) greate stones frō it. And this fire can not by water be quēched, & that which is to be wondred, although the fire be maruey­lus great, & of force, by rea­son of the Sulphure, yet haye straw, or rede, is not of it cōsu med. Sulphure is there so plē ­tifull that you may for the 4. part of â ducate, haue à thou­sande weight. There are also 4. Foūtaines of à diuerse na­ture, & qualitie. The first, if you cast in à sticke, mā, beast, or what soeuerit be, it torneth it presently into à stone, yet it reteineth the naturall forme still. The seconde is of an in­tollerable could. The third is much sweter then Hony, & most pleasatly aswageth dri­nes. The fourth is Pestilent, Poisonable, & deadly. Whā as the Sonne is in the begin­ning of Cancer, it is continual day with them, & whan he is in Capricorne, also continuall [Page 176] night, & darknes. They are à simple people, & hould the the faith of Christ. Thei haue no king, but all obey the Bi­shoppe as theyr kinge. Their marchandise are Fishe, wad­moll, & sulphur. There are found Falcons, Sperhaulkes, Crowes, Beares, & Wolues, both white & blacke. Roūde about this Ilād, for the space of 6. or 7. mōthes, th'Ise swim meth, makinge à miserable sound, & noise, so that th'in­habitauntes suppose that in the mount Hecla, & in this Ise, the soules of men & wo­men, are tormented. The fro sen, & congelid Seas beginne at this Iland. It is now much trauailed to of english mē, & Danes, & that in the Sōmer onely, because of the horrible colde, & aboundance of Ise. The middes of this Ilande 7. 0. 65. 30.

Harsol, a Citie7. 40. 60. 42
Thirtes, a Citie.5. 50. 64. 44
Nadir, a Citie.6. 40. 57. 20

OF CORSICA.

COrsica, an Iland whose chiefe places are

Istria.30. 30. 40. 15
Mariana.30. 10. 40. 20
Nebia.31. 0 40. 40
Aleria.31. 35. 40. 20

SICILIA.

SIcilia, an Ilande.

Palerna.35. 30. 36. 10
Marsara.35. 20. 35. 30
Gergentum.36. 20. 35. 10
Terminae.35. 55. 36. 5
Pula.36. 0. 36. 0
Siracusae,37. 20. 35. 30
Cataua.37. 40. 36. 0
Messina.38. 0. 36. 40
Aetna, the burning hil.37. 10. 35. 20 20.

OF THE CHIEF Cities, & townes, in th'Ilande of Sar­dinia.

SArdos.30. 20. 38. 58
Galea.29. 40. 37. 50
Argetara.29. 30. 36 30
Arestana.29 45. 36. 50
Aquilastrum.31. 20. 37. 30
Cambonara.31. 30 36. 30
Stira.30. 30. 36. 40

OF TH'ILANDES called Maiorica, & Minoria.

MAiorica, & Mi­norica, be Ilādes ad­iacent to Spaine, & Maiorica conteineth in Lō ­gitude, & Lat. 17. 40. 38. 30

Minorica.20. 0. 39. 0

GADIRA AN Ilande.

GAdira, whiche is also called the Gades, in the west Oceā vnder 5. digr. 30. 34. 0.

EVBOEA, AN Ilande.

EUboea, nowe called Ni­gropont: Is an Ilande to Achaia ioyning. 54. 0. 38. 0.

CRETA, AN Ilande.

CR [...]ta, nowe called Can­die, an Ilande famous. 55. 0. 35. 20.

CYCLADES.

CYclades, are Ilandes a­bout Delus. 56. 10. 37. 20

SPORADES Ilandes.

THese Ilandes are also ioynynge to Delus, they ly scatered about in the seas, of thē read Plinius lib. 4. ca­pite. xij. theyr Longitude, & Latitude. 56 10. 37. 20

Thus endeth the perti­culer description of the chief Ilands in Europe.

OF SPAINE.

SPain as it appereth in the Table thereof in Ptolomaeus Geo­graphie, it compassed aboute with the seas, excepte it be in that parte whyche toucheth Fraunce, and is parted from Fraunce by the Pyrenean mountains. And it is the first Region, Weast betwixte A­fricke & Fraunce. It brin­geth fourth such aboundance of pleasaunte fruictes, that it serueth not onlye the necessi­tye of it selfe, but also of Ita­lie and diuers other partes. They do not boyle their salt, as they do in Selande, but dig it oute of th'Earth. The men go all for the moste parte in shorte clokes, and commenlye blacke. This Region in tyme paste, was deuided into fiue Kingdomes, that is to saye, Gallicia, Nauarra, Castille, Catalonia, vnto which is ioy­ned Aragonie, Portugale & Granate. Of whiche we [Page 178] will perticulerlye touche the chiefe Cities, & townes, be­gynning with Castilla, whose principall Cities, & Townes are.

Tolet, where the famous king Alfonsus made his astro­nomicall Tables, conteining the mouinge of the heauenly Bodies. 10. 49. 37. 0

Salamanca7. 20. 38. 20
Valeria now called Concha.11. 34 43. 5.
Alcala de Enares.10. 20. 41. 40
Logronyo.12. 10. 44. 0
Valladolit.10. 10. 42. 0

GALLITIA.

Compostella, wher S. Iames is 7. 0. 42. 15.

Landes end.4. 23. 44. 2
Almoisa.4. 40. 44. 45
Bilbao11. 45. 45. 25
Fontarrabie13. 13. 44. 15
S. Sebastianus15. 30. 45. 5

NAVARRE.

Pompelon13. 15. 42. 0
Vaganna12. 15. 43. 0

CATHALONIA.

New Carthage15. 57. 38. 0
Tarragone16. 12. 41. 0
Gerona17. 42. 42. 12
Barsalona17. 0. 41. 35
Valentia14. 38. 36. 10

ARRAGONIE.

Sarragossa13. 45. 41. 45
Burges.10. 33. 42 48

PORTVGALE.

Lysbona5. 0. 36. 40
Portugallo4 56. 41. 35
Arcobriga5. 40. 36. 35
Badaioz5. 20. 39. 0
Cabo de. S. Vincentio.2. 32. 38. 15
Braga6. 0. 43. 40
S. Maria de Guadalupe.8 30. 39. 30

GRANATE.

Granate8. 34. 34. 20
Hispalis.5. 42. 37. 0.
Corduba7. 4. 37. 50

Calpe, both one of the Pillors of Hercules, & also à moū ­taine called at this daye Gil­balter where the streit is na­med Zibalter. 7. 30. 36. 15

Vama6. 15. 38. 25
Malaga8. 50. 37. 30

OF FRAVNCE.

FRaunce beyng sepe­rated from Spaine, by the Pyrenean Moun taines foloweth nexte. It is parted from England, by the Englishe Seas. It conteineth many dukedomes. It is garni shed with pleasant Cities, & townes, of which I wil set out the principall: begining with the weast part first.

NARBONAHATH▪

Vienna.26. 0. 45. 0
Ebredunum.28. 8. 43. 30
Briansonum.28. 30. 45. 0
Gratianoposis. Granoble.27. 0. 45 30.
Tarantasia.29. 0. 45. 0
Gebenae.28. 0. 45. 45
Mauriana.28. 30. 44. 30

Vapincum.27. 15. 43. 30
Dinia.27. 35. 43. 5.
Valentia.26. 0. 44. 10
Romonum.26. 0. 44. 30
Sistarica.26. 45. 43. 20
Viuarium25. 45. 43. 45.
Aurasicum26. 30. 43. 30
Auinio.25. 45. 43. 15
Carpentorate26. 5. 43. 15
Tritastra25. 45. 43. 0
Arelatum. Arles.25. 50. 42. 45
Massillia.26. 30. 42. 5
Tollona.27. 30. 42. 0
Barcellonna.28. 30. 43. 15

AQVITANIA.

Burdigala.18. 0. 44. 30
Baiona.17. 30. 44. 30
Vasaticum.18. 15. 44. 0
Tarba.19. 15. 42. 15
Lorona.18. 10. 42. 0
Lebretum.18. 30. 43. 10
Auscus.20. 15. 43. 0
Lombarium21. 20. 42. 40
Tholossa.22. 10. 42. 50
Rinum.21. 45. 42. 15
Conserana.22. 15. 41. 50
S. Pontius.23. 0. 42. 15
Narbona.23. 30. 42. 0
Agata.24. 0. 42. 10
Mirapiscae22. 45. 42. 15
Lodeua.23. 45. 42. 50
Beserium.23. 30. 42. 20
Mons pessulanus, Monpeleier.24 30. 42. 50.
Astrericum.23. 0. 43. 0
Vabra.23. 15. 42. 45
Varinum.22. 15. 43. 15
Albia.22. 30. 43. 40
Montalbanum.21. 30. 43. 30
Cadurcum.22. 0. 44. 0
Rhodium.23. 15. 43. 30
S. Florus.23. 30. 44. 0
Anicium. Lepny.24. 30. 44. 15

CELTICA GALLIA.

Lugdunum, Lyons.26. 0. 45. 15
Niuernium.24. 0. 46. 40.
Lamouica.21. 30. 45. 45
Petragoricum21. 15. 44. 40
Engolisma20. 30. 44. 50
Xantona19. 0. 45 0
Luxiona18. 30. 46. 30
Nanetum18. 15. 47. 15
Rhedona17. 30. 48. 10
Turonia Tours.20. 15. 47. 30
Aurelia orleans22. 0. 47. 30
Constantiae18. 40. 49. 35

Lutetia Parisiorum. Paris the head Citie of all Fraunce in which is à florishinge vni­uersitie, the fame where of is spreade throughe all Europe. 23. 30. 48. 40.

Seno.24. 0. 47. 45
Cathalanum25. 30. 48. 30
Lingo26. 30. 47. 30

GALLIA BELGICA.

Rothomagus, Roan.21. 30. 49. 30
Catalaunum, Chaalō21. 30. 48. 30
Rettena. Rethe.22. 26. 49. 0

GERMANYE.

GErmany, the most am­ple, & large Regiō in in all Europe, somtime diui­ded frō fraūce, by the Rhine: from the Pannonians by the riuer Danubye, & from Sar­matia & Dēmarke, by moū taines, & Hilles, & in al o­ther partes hauing th'Ocean Seas. But in our daies, it ex­ten- [Page 180] it selfe more largely. It maye compare at this tyme wyth Spaine, Fraunce, or Italy, in cōmodities to it belōging. For it is beautified with most plea saunt Cities, Townes, & Ca­stels, it hath great woddes, a­boundance of fruites, & hils replenished with plētiful Vi­nes. There are also these fa­mous, & helthfull riuers, the Rhine, Danuby, Moganus, Albis, Neccarus, Sala, O­dera, with diuers other. It is parted into the hier Germa­ny & into the lower, of which we will first set out the princi pall cities and Townes.

Seelāde, an Ilād the fur­dest cōfines of Germany the middes of it, in Longitud, & Latitude. 25. 0. 52. 0.

Middlebourgh.25. 26. 51. 48

HOLLANDE.

Traiectum, Vtrick.27. 15. 52. 20.

BRABANT.

ANtuerpia, Antwerpen, the noblest Towne in all Europe. 26. 36. 51. 28

Louaine, a vniuersitie.20. 36 50. 59.

Bruxella▪ Brussell20. 16. 51. 28
Mechlinia Machelen20. 20. 51. 15
Lira. Liere20. 24. 51. 21

FLAVNDERS.

Gandauum Ghent25. 30. 51. 15
Bruge brugge24. 30. 51. 20
Tornacum. Tornay25. 15. 50. 10

PICARDIE.

Ambianum Amiens16. 40. 49. 49
S. Iodocus16. 52. 52. 0
Samarobriga22. 20. 52. 10

LVCENBVRGE.

Lucenburgum25. 30. 50. 0
Creutznacum Creutz24. 34. 50. 2
Sarbruccū. Sarbruck23. 47. 49. 16
Key serluterna24. 44. 49. 22

GVLICH.

Bonna bonne23. 23. 50. 47
Iuliacum Gulich22. 44. 51. 8
Leo dium Ludich21. 48. 50. 51
Aquisgranum Achen28. 45. 50. 55

GELDRIA.

Geldria Gheldere23, 48. 51 42

CLEVIA.

Cleuis. Cleff.22. 6. 52. 0

HELVETIA.

s. Gallus27. 6. 47. 8.
Constantia26. 43. 47. 30
Tigurum Zurch26. 36. 46. 48
Badena Baden25. 16. 48. 44
Lucerna26. 0. 46. 34
Friburgum37. 30. 51 50
Berna24. 18. 46. 25

ALSATIA.

Colmaria24. 3. 48. 12
selestadium schletstad.24. 6. 48. 22
Caesarmontanum Key sersperg.23 48. 48. 14
Hagenoia Hagenau24. 36. 49. 7

CITIES OF BASSE Germanye.

[Page 181]

Colonia Agrip29. 45. 51. 0
Campena Kampen28. 30. 52. 50

Confluence, cōmonly cal­led Coblentz, wher two faire riuers the Rhine, & Mosell mete. 30. 15. 50. 20

Andernachum Andernacke.30. 0. 50. 25.

CITIES, AND TOVV­nes of hie Germanie.

MAguntia, Mentz, the Bishoppes seat. At this Citie was th' Art of Printing first foūd (by Iohn Faustus) in the yere of Christ our saui­our. 1453. The Lon. & lati. 31. 15. 50. 0

VVormatia, wormes.31. 30. 49. 40
Spira Spier31. 30. 49. 15

Argētina, Strausborough à notable citie, in which Iohn Sturmius, & D. Seuenus ex­cellēt Orators florished 1559 30. 15. 48. 45.

Basilia. Basile29. 45. 47. 45
Schathusa28. 0. 47. 28
Curia chur.32. 0. 47. 30
Vesalia26. 20. 51. 30
Francofordia31. 40. 50. 10
Curia32 0. 47. 30
Marburgum32. 10. 51. 0
Bremen32. 10. 53. 40

Heydelbergū, called Hey­delberge, is à florishing Uni­uersitie, mainteined by the Palsgraue, by it ther rūneth the riuer Neccarus: ther flo­rished 1559 in Phisicke, D. Iohn Langius, the Princes Phisician, Iacob Curio, Tho­mas Erastus, Petrus Loti­chius Secundus, all Doctors in Phisick: And D. Baldui­nus the Reader of the Ciuill Lector, with diuers others, of whom I was very gentely in­terteined at the time of my Commensment. 32. 0. 49. 30.

Vlmes33. 0. 48. 30
Herbipolis wirtzpurgk33. 30. 50. 0
Amberga34. 0. 47. 15
Augusta34. 0. 48. 15
Brunsuiga34. 40. 52. 40
Ingolstadium34. 45. 48. 30
Hamburgum34. 0. 54. 30
Limeburgum34. 45. 5. 45
Ratisbona35. 40. 49. 0
Erdfordia35. 0. 51. 10
Lubecum35. 20. 54. 50
Liptzigum36. 30. 51. 30
Magdaburge36. 10. 54. 50
Salisburgum36. 30. 47. 30
Brandenburgum37. 20. 52. 40
Rostochium37. 10. 54. 36
Misna37. 20. 51. 50
Peurbachium37. 35. 48. 15
Berlinum38. 30. 52. 50
Praga38. 20. 50. 6
Gripsualdia.38. 55. 54. 20
Vratislauia41. 20. 51. 5
Gran42 50. 47. 15
Posna42. 0. 52. 45
Buda43. 0. 46. 50
Lonreth43. 20. 52. 30
[Page 182]Thorn43. 30. 53. 30
Cracouia44. 30. 50. 15
Mons Regius49 0. 45. 0
Dantiscum46. 0. 54. 55
Caralostadium33. 25. 50. 0
Noribergum34. 40. 49. 30
Munster32. 0. 52. 5
VVitenberga32. 10. [...]3. 40

MOSCOVIA.

MOscouia is à longe & ample Regiō, the peo­ple miserable, suspicious, & craftie, the chief citie of ther Empirour is also called Moskaua. 69. 0. 57. 0. Thither sailed out of England. 1553 Chancelour, & diuers other. The nature of th'inhabitan­tes, cōmodities of the coūtry, & à perfite description of all the parts of the same you shal se at large set oute by Sigis­munde Liber baron &c.

ILLIRIA, AND Dalmatia.

I Lliria, which is called Ly­burnia, hath on the North parts Pannonia, on the west Istria, on the South the Ue­nice seas, & on th'East Dal­matia the chiefe Cities, & townes are

Sara40. 5. 44. 9
Stridona the countrye of Saynt Ie­rome42. 20. 43. 20
Flauona37. 0. 44. 45

DALMATIA.

Ragusia45. 0. 42. 20
sibinicum43. 0. 43. 20
scutara45. 30. 41. 30
saloniana45. 0. 43. 20
Durazo45. 55. 40. 55

ITALIE, AND LOM­bardie.

Brundusium41. 0. 39. 30
Tarentum40. 30. 39. 15
salernum37. 20. 39. 30
Naplis38. 50. 39. 55
Capua36. 40. 40. 5
Aquilea36. 40. 41. 10

Roma, à Citie famous through all th'Earth. 36. 40. 42. 0

Sena34. 10. 42. 0
Florence34. 15 42. 45
Viterbia35. 0. 41. 15
Pisa33. 0. 42. 15
Luca33. 30. 42. 45
Ancona36. 40. 42. 30
Bononia33. 30. 43. 40
Rhauennae35. 0. 43. 15
Farraria34. 10. 43. 50
Parma32. 30. 43. 50
Verona34. 0. 44. 25
Venice35. 30. 44. 45
Padua35. 0. 44. 45
Mantua33. 10. 44. 10
Vincentia34. 39. 44. 20
Cremona32. 45. 44. 20
Placentia32. 30. 44. 20
Myllan31. 45. 44. 15
Tortona31. 30. 44. 0
Genua31. 30. 43. 15
Taurinum30. 40. 43. 45
Nisa29. 30. 42. 40
[Page 183]Secusia29. 45. 44. 0
Grassa29. [...]0. [...]2. [...]5
Albinga3 [...]. 40. 42. 5 [...]
Vercellae30. 30. 44. 30
Nouaria30. 15. 45. 0

A PERTICVLER DE­scription of Grece, and firste of Macedonia.

MACEDONIA.

MAcedonia hathe on the Northe parte Thrasia & the hier Misnia: on the West, the Ve­netian seas: on the south parts Epirus and Achaia: On the East the Seas called Egiū Pe lagus. The principall Cities, & townes of it are Thessalo­nica, now Salonica the seate of the chiefe Bishoppe of the Philippians, vnto whome S. Paule wrot two Epistles, the first from Athenis, the secōde from Laodicia the chiefe bi­shopriche of Phrygia, where also S. Paule preached the Gospell. 49. 50. 41. 0

Apollonia45. 6. 40. 10
Aulon44. 50. 39. 56
Bullis45. 0. 39. 45
Arethusa50. 10. 41. 0
Panormus54. 404. 1. 0
Hadrianopolis50. 55. 40. 55
Ampelus51. 15. 40. 30
Iöleos51 3. 39. 15
Demetrias50. 30. 38. 56
Larissa51. 20. 38. 50
Thebae Thebs51. 10. 38. 30
Arnissa45. 20. 40. 40
Elima45. 40. 39 40
Amantia46. 0. 39. 40
Albenopolis46. 0. 41. 0
Europus46. 30. 41. 20
Apsalus46. 20. 41. 5
Parocopolis48. 40. 41. 40
Amphipolis50. 0. 41. 30

Philippis à Citye where the great Alexander was born, and from this Citie S. Paule sent his second Epistle to the Galatians. 50. 45. 41. 45

Heraclia47. 40. 41. 30

EPIRVS VVHOSE cheife places are

Nicopolis47. 30. 38. 30
Cassiopa47. 0. 38. 45
Ambracia: larta.48▪ 8 38. 20

ACHAIA, VVHOSE chiefe places are

Athenae sometime the foun­taine and wellspringe of all good letters, heare did Plato and Aristotle teach, it is now destroyed. 52. 45. 37. 15

Megaris52. 15. 37. 30
Peloponesus. Morea.51. 10. 37, 30
Modonam.48. 30. 26. 0
Parnassus, a mount.50. 20. 38 0

Helicon the holy Hill of the Musis, at the foote, wher­of [Page 184] is à founteine of the Houe of Pegasus fote. 51. 0. 37. 45 Pythia, the place wher Apol logaue Oracles. 50. 30. 37. 45

Constantinople, somtime à citie vnder the Christiā Em pire, but nowe the chiefe seat of Solymanus th'Emperor of Turkes, which he wā. 1453. 56. 0. 43. 5.

Corinthe, the Bishoppes seat in Achaia. Hether sent S. Paule two Epistles, the first frō Philippis, à citie in Ma cedonie by Stephan, fortuna­tus, & Achaicus: The se­conde Epistle by Titus, & Luke. 51. 15. 36. 55

Stymphalus.50. 20. [...]6. 20
Thus endeth the perticuler description of Europe.

A PERTICULER DESCRPTI­ON OF AFRICA.

AFRICA, which also in Greke is named [...] is the second part & portion of th'Earth. And was first so called of Iupiters daugh­ter bering that name. But Festus saith it came of the qualitie of th'Aëre, in that coūtrey, deriuing it of [...], as who should say, [...] that is, without horrour of colde­nes: other affirme that it toke name of Afer, one of the pòsteritie of Abraham, which ouercomyng his enemies, remained in this part. It beginneth at Gaditanum Fre­tum (à narrow streight cōming out of th'Ocean into the middle Earth Seas, & haue Spaine on the north shore, & the Mores on the South) And it doeth ende at the Egiptiā Seas. On the North it haue the middle Earth seas, on the south shore the great Ocean, on th'East the sea, which stretche almost to the middle earth seas.

Africke is diuided into two parts by the hyll Atlas, of whiche the lesser extendeth to the midle Earth seas: the greater part goeth beyond this hill vnto the south Oceā. The greater part of it is not inhabited for two causis: one is for th'extreme heat, being vnder the burning zone, the Sōne draweth all the moister of th'earth frō it, so that for want of water no man cā ther liue. The second is for the [Page 186] innumerable multitude of venamous wormes, & wilde beastes, which are naturally ennemies vnto mankinde. As the Lion, the Olephant, the Tiger, & such like. Also, Dragons, Chrocodile, Cocatrice, & sundry other veno­mous Wormes, in suche sorte that th'inhabitauntes are compelled to put on botes, for better auoiding their sting, & poison. The part that is inhabited, is frutful enough. The people blacke, Sauage, Monstrous, & rude: yet in those countries, cities, & townes where the Spaniardes, Portugalles, Italians, & other do frequent, the people are sumwhat more ciuill, modest, & reasonable. Diuers also (yea right graue authors) make mētion of certaine deformed that dwell in Africk, as men with dogges hea­des, called Cynocephali, some with one eye & that in the forehead, named Monoculi, others without heades, & theyr face in the breast, with diuers such like which I sup pose rather fables then any truth. If you desire à longer descoure Towching Africk, hir inhabitātes, & cōmo­dities, read Strabo, in his 2. & 17. bokes. And also Pli­nius his 8. boke, with diuers other writers, which at large do herof intreate, & now I will (folowing my order be­gun) set out the notable regiōs (which Ptolomaeus num­breth to be 12.) with theyr chiefe Cities, Townes, hilles, & riuers, with in Africke: & first we will begin with Mauritania, which is diuided into Mauritania Tin­gitana, & Mauritania Caesariensi.

OF THE PRINCIPAL PLACES IN Tingitana or Barbarica Mauritania.

[Page 187]

Fesse10. 0. 30. 0
Tingis caesaria called commenlye Tanger6. 30. 35. 30
Abilis one of Hercules Pillers, is a hill againste Calpe an other Hill in Spaine7. 50. 35. 40
Baba8. 10. 34. 20
Banasa6. 30. 34. 20
Septa7. 30. 35. 55
Sala6. 55. 34. 0
The Sonnes Mount6. 45. 31 15
Benta9. 30. 33. 40
Dorath.10. 10. 31. 15
Tamusida7. 15. 34. 15

MAVRITANIA CAe­sariensis.

Apollos promontorie15. 30. 33. 40
Iulia Caesaria.17. 0. 33. 20
Tucca.20. 0. 31. 30
Hippa.20. 15. 29. 50
La Guardia.12. 0. 34. 20
Cissa. Cerlel.18. 45. 32. 10

IN AFRICK THE lesse.

Colops the greater.27. 40. 32. 20
Colops the lesser.29. 20. 32. 35
Hippon30. 30. 32. 15

Utica, where Cato died, now called Bensert. 32. 0. 32. 45.

Carthage.34. 40. 31. 50
Clupea.35. 0. 33. 20
Sabatra.41. 0. 31. 0
Vsanum.33. 15. 32. 20
Dabia33. 0. 29. 40

NVMIDIA.

Culuca.28. 30. 31 0
Tucca29. 30. 31. 20
Bizancina37. 50. 30. 40
Capsa.37. 30. 29 45
Calatha.31. 0. 53. 40
Sabrata41. 15. 30. 50
Ammon.65. 30▪ 28. 0
Oasis the great.59. 20. 26. 55

MARMARICA.

Alexandria.60. 30. 31. 0
Memphis62. 50. 29. 50
Cayrum62. 15. 30. 0
Syene.62. 15. 23. 50

LYBIA INTERIOR.

Tagaza7. 0. 15. 40
Tuchorora.12. 30 16. 0
Tambutum15. 30. 15. 40

MEROE.

Meroë is an Ilād of Nilus, sometime called Saba, & now Elsaba, where S. Mat­thew did preache the Gospel. From hence came the quene of Saba, to here Salomōs wis­dome. From hence also came Cādaces, the quenes Enuche, which was baptised of Philip th'Appostle. But at this pre­sēt it is the seate of the migh­tie prince, that we cal Preter Iohn. 61. 30. 16. 25

QVIOLA.

Quiola, or Cayla, is à re­gion, in which great plentie of Cinamome growe, the chiefe cities are

Hamaharica.65. 0. 9. 10
Masta. 67. 30.South Pole. 4 15
Beritis.60. 40. 21. 31
Quiola. 76. 30.South pole. 7. 30
Sabath.67. 30. 12. 30
Mombaza. 79. 0.South Pole. 6. 0.
Melinda.82. 30. 2. 0
[Page 188]Cāuaquin.80. 0. 9. 50

Babell mendap. There are the streightes of the red seas. 74. 50. 11. 0.

OF CITIES OF SON­dry Regions, in Southe Aethiopia.

Goia 60. 50.South Pole. 19. 50
Garma. 57. 0South Pole. 24. 0
Bali70. 0. 21. 40
Meli33. 0. 16. 30

OF THE NOTABLE Ilandes about Africke.

Porto Sancto.0. 35. 31. 30

Medera an Ilande, firste inhabited of the Portugales, it aboūdeth with Suger, Ho­nie, Wax, & sundrye Her­bes. 358. 40. 29. 50 The Canarian Ilādes beyng x. in numbre. 1. 30. 23. 30 S. Thomas Ilād. 32. 30. 0. 30 Madagascar, whiche is also called Saint Laurence Ilād, there the North Pole is not sene, & the nedle in sailynge will do no seruice. Therefore they ar cōstreined to vse Astro labes, & other Instrumēts. 85. 30. South Pole. 20. 0,

Thus endeth the Description of Africke.

OF ASIA THE THIRDE parte of th'Earth.

WHAT Asia is, and wherof it was firste so cal­led, there is no controuer­sie. For all writers, as wel Historiographers, as also Geographers, make it the iij. part of th'Earth, & to take that name of Asius, sonne to kinge Cotis. And although they call it the iij. part of th'Earth, yet it is not because it conteyneth but the thirde part, but bycause it is so diuided by the seas, for of it selfe it is as much as Eu­rope, & Africke, & conteineth (after Ptolomaeus ac­compt) 48. Prouinces. It is parted into Asia the grea­ter, & Asia the lesser. Notwithstandyng diuers wry­ters vse this worde Asia the lesser, more largelye than Geographers doth. For they call all that portiō which is within the south shore of the ponticke seas, & th'east seas Pelagus Aegeum, & the North part of our Ocean, & the West part of the Riuer Euphrates to be Asia the les­ser. Asia conteyneth in hir circuit, Bythinia Pōtus, the lesser Asia, Lycia, Galatia, Paphlagonia, Pāphilia, Capadocia, the lesser Armenia, & Cilicia. And all these after the maner of th'olde Grecians, is comprehended within this one word [...] Anatolia, that is to say th'east plage or coaste. Asia dothe farre excell both Europe and [Page 190] Africke. For it is so frutefull, hathe so pleasaunt fildes, such plētie of foder & pasture, the heauens geuing moi­sture to th'Earth in due season. It hath aboūdāce of golde mines. It bringeth forthe plentie of Cinamome, Ginger, Aloës, & diuers aromaticall spices, & Gūmes. There are diuerse straunge beastes bred in Asia, as Vnicornes, Camelles, Liberdes, Mermosites, Mercattes, Grippes. Yet one thing is to them infortunate, that there are ter­rible & many Earthquakes, in so much that there haue bene x. & xij. Cities at one time subuerted, & ouer­throwen. Th'inhabitauntes are sundrye, & diuers: for some are Anthropophagi, which eate the flesh of men: & drinke their bloud. Ther are also Pygmeans (men but à cubite in height) which riding on Goates, & Rāmes, do kepe warre with Cranes. Ther ar diuers other formes of inhabitauntes resited of Plinius, whiche at this present I willingly ouerpasse. The spirites in this coūtrie, by ma­ny illusions seke to bringe trauailers into daungers, sum­time by calling them by theyr names, other times by mu­sicall noise, as it were alluringe thē by the swetnes of the sounde, vntil they be brought into danger through wilde beastes. But now these thinges omitted, (whiche would make à great volume of them selues) I will briefely set out the chiefe & principall places of Asia▪ beginnynge with Pontus, & Bythinia.

PONTVS AND Bythinia.

Chalcedon.56. 20. 43. 5
Olbia.57. 0. 42. 40
Nicode [...]a56. 0. 42. 40

Clauciopolis, where S. Luke di [...] write his Gospell, & the

[Page 191]Actes of th'Apostles. 59. 30. 42. 45.

Nicaea, where the Nicene counsell was. 58. 0. 42. 15

Caesaria, smirdiana.56. 40. 41. 40

Olimpus, an Hill of whiche I spake in the first boke. 57. 0. 41. 40.

THESE FOLOVVINGE are properly called Cities of Asia.

Lampsacus.55. 20. 41. 25

Illium, somtime called Troie now Ruinous. 55. 50. 41. 0

Dardanū, Dardanellū.55. 25. 40. 5.
Alexandria.55. 25. 40. 40
Autandrus.56. 30. 40. 20

Smyrna, the coūtrey where Homer was borne. 58. 25. 38. 25.

Assum.56. 30. 40. 15

Ephesus, the chiefe citie in Ionia, in whiche S. Iohn wrot his gospel. 57. 40. 3740

CITIES OF CARIA.

Heraclea.58. 50. 43. 30
Miletus58. 0. 37. 0
Nysa59. 0. 38. 15
Antiochia.59. 30. 38. 20
Neapolis.59. 25. 38. 35

Trallis, which is also called Emāthia, at which place cer teine suppose Pygmeans in­habit. 58. 40. 38. 5

OF BOTH LYDIAS

Philadelphia59. 0. 38. 50
Sardis58. 20. 28. 15
Sala60. 15. 38. 20
Sanis61. 0 38. 20
Hierapolis55. 20. 38. 15
Apamia55. 30. 42. 0

CITIES OF LYCAO­nia or Lycia.

Carya59. 50. 35. 55
Patara60. 30. 36. 0
Olimpus a Citie61, 30. 36. 10
Xanthus, Patara60. 30. 36. 40
Migra61. 0. 36. 45

CITIES OF GALA­tia.

Sinopa stala63. 30. 43. 0

Pompeiopolis so called be­cause Pompey builded it. 62. 0. 42. 0

Claudiopolis63. 15. 42. 20
Ancyra62. 40. 42. 0
Laodicaea60. 15. 38. 40

OF PAMPHILIA.

Olbia62. 0. 36. 55
Magydis62. 40. 36. 55
Seleusia62. 0. 38. 30
Antiochia62. 30. 39. 0

CITIES OF DORIS.

Alicarnassus57. 50. 36. 10
Cadmos an hill59. 40. 37. 40
Phaenix an hill58. 0. 36. 30
Apollonia57. 0. 39. 45

Pargamus, here was the no­ble Physicion Galenus born, whiche made Phisicke per­faite, and expoundes Hippo­crates. 57. 35. 39. 45.

CAPADOCIA.

[Page 193]

Trapezus Genech.68. 50. 43. 5
Sebastopolis. s. Greg.66. 0 41. 20.
Zama.65. 0. 40. 45
Archelais.64. 45. 39. 40

Caesaria. Maza, here was Basilius magnus Bishoppe. 66. 30. 39. 30

Derba.64. 30. 38. 15

OF ARMENIA THE lesser.

Satala.96. 50. 42. 10
Nicopolis.69. 20. 41. 40
Ispa.70. 30. 40. 20
Camana.68. 0. 38 0
Claudia.71. 0. 38, 45

CILICIA.

Antiochia64. 40. 36. 50
Agaeae69. 0. 36, 30
Seleucia66. 10. 36. 45
Tarsos. S. Paules countrie.67. 40. 36. 50
Epiphania69. 30. 36. 0

OF COLCHIS.

Neapolis. Negapotimo.71. 30. 45. 40.
Geapolis72. 0. 45. 30
Phasis72. 30. 45. 0.
Madia74. 15 46. 15

OF IBERIA.

Sura75. 0. 45. 20.
Zalissa76. 0. 44. 40
Varica.75. 20. 46. 0

ALBANIA PART of great Tertarye.

Gelda.83. 0. 46. 30
Albana,81. 40. 45. 50
Bacchia.77. 0. 44. 40
Baruca.79. 20. 44. 40

ARMENIA THE greater.

Lala.76. 10. 44. 0
Brizaca74. 50. 45. 30
Babila.73. 15. 40. 45
Anarium.76. 50. 41. 30
Belcania.73. 50. 39. 40

OF SYRIA, THE CITIES

Alexandria69. 30. 36. 10
Selutia67. 30. 32. 50
Laodicea, Ramatha88. 30. 35. 3
Posidium88. 30. 35. 15
Myriandrus. Alapso69. 30. 35. 50

PHAENICIA.

Tripolis67. 30. 34. 20
Biblus67. 40. 33. 55
Sidon67. 30. 33. 30
Tyrus67. 5. 33. 18

Sor, cōmenly called Sur, à citie after the ruine of Alexā der christened: now destroied of the Turk. Of the ij. cities, Sidō & Tyrus, Christ our sa auior in his gospel speketh.

Ptolomais, Acon.66. 50. 33. 0

Berytus, but of our trauellers nowe called Barut, it is the Port of Damascus. 67. 0. 33. 20.

Botrys, Botrus.67. 50. 34. 5
Dora.66. 30. 32. 40

Antiochia nye the moūt Tau rus, the Countrey of S. Luke Euangelist. 69. 0. 35. 30

Laonia.70. 30. 36. 20

OF CVRVA, THE CISIES.

Abila Lysanium.68. 45 33. 20

Damascus, here did Cain, sle his brother Abel. 69. 0. 33. 0

Adra.68. 40. 32. 10
Hippus, Scphet.68. 0. 32. 30
[Page 194]Capitolia Suueta69. 45. 32. 30
Philadelphia68. 0. 31. 20

LAODICINA.

Paradissus69. 45. 33. 35

IVDEA OR PALE­stina.

Ioppa, Ioppen or Iaffa à port whiche was builded be­fore the diludge. 65. 45. 31. 55

Ascalon, hibelis commonly called Escolona. 65. 0. 31. 40 The dead seas or lake of So­dome. 66. 50. 31. 10

OF GALILAEA.

Iulias or Bethsaida, the coū ­try of s. Peter, & s. Andrew. 67. 5. 31. 15.

OF SAMARIA.

Neapolis, Sichen here did Christe conuerte the Samari­tane. 66. 50. 31. 50

IVDVA.

Gaza65. 25. 31. 15
Sebasta, Samaria65. 40 31. 30
Lydda Rama66. 0. 32. 0
Ericus, Ierico66 15. 31. 25

Nicopolis sumtime cal­led Emaus, here was Christe knowne by breaking of bread 65. 45. 31. 50.

Ierusalem which is now cal­led Capitolia: & haue diuers other names: here was our sa­uiour Christ Iesus crucified, & paid the raunsome for our sinnes in the beginning of the 34. yeare of his bodelye age. 65. 45. 31. 22.

IDVMAEA.

Berzamma64. 50. 31. 15
Maps. Massa65. 40 30. 50

MESOPOTAMIA.

Porsica72. 0. 37. 30
Soleucia Mosell79. 0. 35. 40
Edesse. Rase72. 30. 37. 30
Zama75. 20. 36. 30

Carre, Charan, here did the holye Patriarch, Abraham dwell. 73. 45. 36. 10.

Babilon, Baldach the chiefe Bishops sea in Chadea here (building the tower Babel) sprāg the cōfusion of tonges. 79. 0. 35. 0.

Bilba79. 0. 35. 0
Caesa76. 40. 32, 50
Thelma77. 40. 32. 0
Orchoë78. 30. 32. 40

ARABIA VVHICHE IS parted in thre parts: Arabia deserta, Petrea, & Felix.

Erupa72. 30. 30. 15
Sora75. 0. 30. 20
Choca72. 3 [...]. 32. 40
Salma78. 20. 29. 20
Lysa65. 50. 30. 15
Petra66. 45. 30. 20.
Lydia69. 0. 30. 40

The red seas through which

[Page 195]Moses, & th'Israelites went 63. 30. 29. 50.

Adra6 [...]. 40. 31. 40

Moūt Sinay, which is al­so called the mounte Oreb, or Choreb. Here receiued Mo­ses the x. cōmaundementes. 64. 0 30. 0.

Thebae69. 40. 21. 0
Muza74. 30 14. 0
Sanina75. 30. 11. [...]0
Arabia. Aden80. 0. 11. 30
Moscha88. 30. 14. 0
Cabana85. 0. 23. 0
Istriona80. 0. 25. 40
Badea. Gydda70. 0. 20. 15

Mecha. Here is the Se­pulcher of Mahomet, which the Turkes go to visite wyth great deuotion, & yet straun gers cōmyng thether se no o­ther thing thē à golden shoe, hanginge in the rouffe of the Temple. 72. 15. 23. 0 Saba, the seate of Gaspar the king, which broughte golde of Arabic, to offer vnto Iesus, beyng à Childe. 76. 0. 13. 0

ASSIRIA.

Ninus, Niniute, à great Ci tie, but nowe desolate vnto whiche Ionas the Prophete was sent. 78, 0. 36. 0

Ctesiphon80. 0. 35. 0
Arbila80. 0. 37. 15

MEDIA.

Zalaca86. 15. 41. 0
Mandagara87. 45. 39. 30
Ecbatana88. 0. 37. 45
Veneca93. 20. 38. 15
Gariauna91. 0. 37. 20
Trauaxa92. 0. 37. 40
Rapsa90. 10. 35. 40
Aradripha93. 20. 34. 45

SVSANA.

Asia a Citie.80. 10. 31 40
Susa Sambragata84. 0. 34. 15
Tariana84. 0. 32. 30
Agra80. 30. 33. 45

PERSIA.

Axima87. 45. 33. 50
Persipolis90. 0. 35. 10
Diodorus91. 0. 33. 20
Niserga90 15. 34. 0
Tragonica87. 40. 32. 40
Bassara81. 20. 29. 50

CARMANIA.

Agris96. 30. 23. 0
Gerniana100. 0. 2 [...]. 0
Thaspis98. 0. 27. 40
Armusa94. 30. 23. 30

PARTHIA.

Hecatompylon, à City which haue an hundreth gates. 96. 20. 37. 50.

Rhoara98. 30 38 20
Ambrodax9 [...]. 30. 38. 20
Rhagaea98. 20. 34. 20
Appha.98. 0. 35. 20

HIRCANIA.

Hercana98. 30. 40. 0
Adrapsa98 30. 41. 40
[Page 196]Saca94. 15. 39. 30

MARGIANA.

Sena1. 2. 30. 42. 20
Iasonium103 30. 41. 30
Antiochia margiana106▪ 0 41. 40
Nigaea1 [...]5. 0. 41. 10

BACTRIANA.

Chomara106. 302 4. 40
Menapia113. 0. 41. 20
Bactra116. 0. 41. 0

SOGDIANA.

Prepsa130. 0. 45. 0
Alexandria oxiana113. 0. 44. 40

Scythia within the Mounte Emaus.

Aspabota102. 0. 44. 0
Dauaba104. 0, 45. 0

Scithia without the mount Emaus.

The kingdome of Chatay is vnder the great Cham, king of the Tartarians, the chiefe Cities are

Issedon scithica150. 0. 48. 30
Soeta145. 0. 35. 20

SERICA.

Issedon serica162. 0. 45. 0
Sera177. 1 [...]. 38 35
Dama156. 0. [...]1. 40

In this country breed the Wormes which make silk, we call them in Englishe Silke Wormes, of which at this day the Spaniardes haue greate Plentye.

ARIA AND ARIANA.

The iniddes of it106. 0. 3▪. 30
Namaris105. 40. 36. 10
Articaudna109. 20. 36 10
Alexandria Ariae11 [...]. 0. 3 [...]. 0

DRANGIANA.

Asta107. 30. 30. 40
Bigis1 [...]1. 0. 29. 20
Agriapsa108. 0. 34. 0

GEGROSIA.

Cuni110. 0. 23. 50
Parsis106. 30. 23. 30
Arbis105. 20. 20. 30

INDIA VVITH IN the riuer Ganges.

Bardaxima213. 40. 20. 40
Monoglossum114. 10. 18. 20
Mandagara113. 0. 14. 30
Nitria115 10. 14. 20

Colchi now called Cuchina, vnto which the Lucitanians are very frendly 123. 0. 15. 0

Salur125 0. 15. 0
Bizantium113. 40. 14. 40
Tyndis138. 30 16. 10

Calicutium, Calechut. The moste fimous Citie of Mar­chaundise in all India, they haue à proper Kinge of their owne: but the Crowne come not by succession vnto theyr children for this cause. For they haue thys vse that whan any manne marieth, he must commit his wife to the priest to be defloured. Vnto this city is brought frō al India al kind [Page 197] of spice, Cloues, Nutmegges Gīger, Cinamome, Rubarbe, Musk, Sāders, Aloës, Cassia. Also praecious stones of diuers kindes, & al maner of silkes. Ther ar diuerse sortes of in­habitantes in this citie: Chri­stians, Turkes, Mahomites, Caffranans, Idolaters. And this last kinde do often (as it ware in token of Frendship) lend theyr wiues one to ano­ther .112. 0. 5. 0

Simylla110. 0. 14. 45
Hippocura120. 30. 4. 0
Caticardama, Corimandel.136. 20. 12. 40
Sambolaca132. 15, 31. 50

PRASIA.

Palibotra143. 0. 27. 0
Tamalitis144. 30. 16. 30
Sambalaca141. 0. 29. 30

COVNTRIES AND CI­ties without Ganges in India.

Pcntapolis150. 0. 18. 0
Baracura. Bangella152. 30 16. 0
Sabara159. 0. 8. 30
Begynga162. 20. 8. 26
Tacola160. 30. 4. 15
Sabana160. 0. 3. 0
Colipolis164. 20. 0. 0
Balonga167. 30. 7. 0
Synda167. 15. 13. 40
Thagora168. 0. 6. 0

Eldana, hither came S. Thomas to praeche the Gos­pell. 152. 0. 13. 0

Trygliphon154. 0. 17. 0
Gorgatha167. 0. 12. 30

CHATAY, A REGION.

Chataio222. 0. 43. 50
VVeast Ciamfu222. 0. 37. 17

Quinsay, the greatest Ci­tie in all th'Earthe, and is as muche to saye with vs, as the heauenly Citie, in the middes of it, is a Lake, whiche in the circuit, haue 1200. Bridges. 226. 0. 37. 40.

Geiten259. 0. 25. 15
East Ciamfu231. 0. 3 [...]. 5
Focho240. 55. 7. 0
Tingrei236. 0. 35. 0

MANGI, THIS CON­teine in it. 9. kingdomes.

Taygni224. 15. 31. 0
Sygni232. 0. 29. 20

Thebet, a Prouince in which the great Cham, lorde of the East, & south Indians haue his seate, & all the kinges of India are vnder him. 204. 10. 3. 20.

CYAMBA.

Cyamba208. 10. 25 30

These vse Corall in the [Page 198] steade of money, they haue great plentie of Nutmegges, Aloës, & all kinde of Spices.

SOVTH INDIA.

Th' inhabitantes are all I­dolaters, & haue these king­domes folowyng.

Lamia202. 10. 11. 40
Morfuli285. 0. 13. 0
Thime180. 0. South Pole. 3. 10.

MOABAR.

Nar. The inhabitantes do worship Oxen 276. 0. South Pole. 20. 10 Malaqua, here was S. Thomas slain 260. 6. South Pole. 15 30

THE KINGDOME of Lac.

Lac, à citie, th' inhabitā ­tes worship Oxē, & ar great Idolaters, yet iust in their af­faires, & haters of lyes, & liers. 166. 30. 21. 40.

¶OF THE ILANDES adiacent to Asia, and India, and newe Regions of this iij. part lately founde oute.

CYPRVS.

IT is an Ilande in the mid­dle earth Seas, in which Ia­phat, one of Noë his sonnes, first inhabitid. 65. 30. 35. 10

SCOTORA.

Scotora, in Arabi [...] the happie now it is called Scoyra. 86. 20. 12. 0.

ORMVSA.

Ormusa is an Ilād in the narrow Persick seas. 96. 20 19. 0

TABROBANA.

It is also named Samotra, it is à great Ilande. 151. 15. It is without Latitude, because it is vnder th' Equinoctiall.

COO.

Coo, an Ilande, in whiche the the prince of Physitians Hip pocrat. was born. 57. 0. 36. 25.

THE GREATER Iaua.

Iaua.17 [...]. 0. the south pole. 7 [...]0

BORNO.

Borno, an Ilande. 178. 0. The South pole. 2. 30

THE LESSER Iaua.

Iaua. 188. 9. Under th' equi­noctiall.

AMBICON.

Ambicon. 166. 0.The south pole 7.0.

GELILO.

Gelilo, also Solor, one of the greatest Ilandes of Moluck.

204. 0.The south Pole. ▪1. 0

ILANDES OF Moluck.

Th' other Ilandes are vnder 193. 0. 9. 0. digrees.

IVCATAN

Iucatan.257. 30. 19. 0

CVBA.

Cuba.269. 30. 23. 30

It is vnder the Tropicke of Cancer.

IAMAICA.

Iamaica.270. 0. 19. 30.

VASANDREA.

Vasandrea.3 [...]1. 30. 40. 0.
Thus endeth the perticuler description of Asia.

A PERTICVLER DESCRIPTION OF suche partes of America, as are by trauaile founde out.

RIGHT order inforseth that (the iij. partes of the Earth, beynge set out ac­cordynge to their notable partes) I shall direct my Penne to speake of Ame­rica, whiche is named the fourth parte, & was to Ptolomaeus, & th' Aun­cient Geographers vnknowē: as also at this praesent great part of it is not yet foūd out. It taketh the name of Ame­rica, of Americus Uesputius, who by the cōmaundement of Ferdinando king of Castell, founde it out, in the yeare of Christ oure Sauiour. 1497. aboute th' ende of Iune, as doeth appeare by his owne testimonie. The people bothe men, & women are naked, neither suffer they any heare to growe on their bodies, no not on their browes, the head except. They are excellent in swiming, both men & wo­men, so that they without werines can swime ij▪ leaques. Their weapons are bowes, & arrowes, which they prae­pare, & head with stones, & the teath of Fishe, for that they want Iron, & all metall (gold except.) They haue warre with th' inhabitauntes of the countrey next them, which haue an other language. But it is not for richesse, for inlarging their segniory, or election of à king: but for to reuenge the deathes of their praedicessors. There is no [Page 201] law or order obserued of wedlocke, for it is lawful to haue so many wemen as they affect, & to put them away with out any daunger. They be filthy at meate, & in all se­crete actes of nature, comparable to brute beastes. Their bread is rotes, & theyr meate mans fleshe, for all theyr enemies, which they ouercome, they with great banket­tyng deuoure. Their houses are builded like the shape of Belles, & couered with leaues & palmes of trees. they vse no kinde of Marchandise, and as for golde, Pearle, stone, & that we haue in great prise: they haue in no esti mation. For theyr richesse is in fethers of diuers colours, & stones, which they hange on their eares & lips for an ornatur. They do honour the Sonne, Mone, & Sterres. There is also in the weast part of America, à region cal led Peru, most riche of all other that hitherto haue bene founde both of meatalles, & praecious Drugges. Their shepe be of suche fertilitie, that they twise yearlye haue Lambe. Th' inhabitantes are ciuill, wise, prudēt, skilful of marchandise. But yet they know not Christ. The mid­des of America is in digrees. 330. 0. The pole Antarctik 10. 0. The breadth of it is 2100. English miles, the lēgth 3000. miles. There are diuers and sundry Ilandes about America, in our dayes founde oute of whiche hereafter shall folow the principall.

PERV VVITH THE shore towarde Spaine.

Peru.290. 5. 0. south pole.
Archay Cherson [...]sus.303. 0. 5. 0
Caput de Stado.317. 0▪ 2. 30

Sinus aquae dulcis, here are vij. Ilandes founde, in which are great plentie of Pearle, & praecious Sto­nes. [Page 202] 322. 0. South Pole. 5. 0.

Rio grande329. 0. South pole. 4. 30
S. Rochi341. 0. South pole. 8. 15

Caput S. Crucis, here Mage­lanus founde à Giaunt x. fote in length. 345. 0. 140.

Rio. s. Iacobi356. 0. 23. 30
Rio d [...]. s. Lucia341. 0. 27. 20

ILANDES ADIOY­ning to America.

Riqua the lesser296. 0. 10. 0
Riqua the greater300. 0. 9. 0
Th' Iland of Giants308. 7. 5. 0
Th' Ilande of Brasil305. 4. 6. 10
La ponto318. 30. 4. 0

Spagnolla, here is found, Gua iacū that healeth the Nea­politane sicknes. And the middes of th' Ilande cōteine. 305. 0. 23. 0.

¶ILANDES TOVVARD Africke, are innumerable of whiche these are founde oute.

Todosanctos332. 30. 17. 0
Deforana323. 0. 18. 0
Degadalupo331. 10. 15. 30
Caput de bonauentur294. 10. 4. 10
The grene Iland.347. 0. 14. 0
FINIS.

A PLENTIFVL TABLE CONTEYNING the principall matters of the whole worke, reduced in­to th' ordor of th' Alphabete, for the spedier findynge of suche thinges, as you require.

A
  • ABILE, one of Hercules Co­lumnes. 58. 187
  • Aegyptians first founnd the 8. heauen. 12
  • Aequinoctiall Circle what. 22
    • His vse. 24
  • Aēr diuided into iij. Regions. 42
  • Aeolus, God of windes. 112. 159
  • Aetna, a burning Hill. 176
  • Africke, & hyr description. 184
    • wherof it toke name. eodem.
  • Albania. 193
  • Albetragnius errour in placing Venus a­boue the Sonne. 11
  • Alexander the great were borne. 183
  • Alfonsus. 2
    • He first founde out the x. heauen. 12
    • Where he dwelt. 178
  • Alphraganus. 11
  • Ambicon. 198
  • America, & hir description. 200
  • Amphiscij. 68
  • [...] 190
  • Angle of Sight what. 137
    • what a perfit Angle. 138
  • Andwarpe. 180
  • Antarctick circle what. 37
  • Antiochia. 193
  • Antipodes. 21. 70. 80
  • Apians way to finde the Longit. 106
  • Apollo first [...]ounde Physicke. 2
    • Where he gaue Oracles. 184
  • Arabia. 195
  • Archimedes deuised Glassis to burne with all. 2
  • Arctick circle what. 36
  • ☞Argentina, loke Strausborough.
  • Argument of the whole worke. 8
  • Aria & Ariana. 196
  • Aristotle. 9
  • Arithmetick neadfull in Cosmographie. 4
  • Armenia, & [...]yr chiefe places. 193
  • Armusa. 198
  • Asia, the thirde parte of th' Earth, & [...]yr
  • Adescription. 190. 191
    • scij. 69
  • Assiria. 194
  • Atlas. 2
  • Atreus first found the Sonnes Eclypse 97
  • Auicenna defended. 81
  • Axe tree what. 14
  • [...] 64
B.
  • BAbilon. 194
    • Bactriana, & hir Cities. 195
    • Bagpipe vsed in Warre. 172
  • Barbarica Mauritania. 185
  • Barly corne the least measure. 56
  • Blasing Sterres ingendred, where. 42
  • Body, what it is. 55
  • Bononie. 182
  • [...] 64
  • Barno. 198
  • Brasil, an Ilande. 202
  • Burnyng Hilles. 176. 175
  • Burning zone. 66
    • Polybius errour herein. 65
    • That it is habitable eodem
  • Bythinia. 19 [...]
C.
  • CAdmos, an Hill. 191
    • Caesariensis Mauritania. 187
    • Calicute, & the nature of th' inhabi­tauntes. 196
  • Calpe, one of Hercules Pillers. 58. 178
  • Cambridge. 173
  • Canarian Ilandes the first digr. of Lon. 58
    • Their numbre. 188
  • Capadocia. 193
    • Cardes perticuler made ij. wayes. 115
    • And howe to make them. 116. 117
  • Caria, & hir Cities. 191
  • Carmania. 195
  • ☞ A Carte for tl [...] [...]ight part of th' Earth. 122
    • For the halfe part of th' Earth. 125
    • For the whole face of th' Earth. 127
  • ☞ Cayla, loke Quiola.
  • Center: what. 14
  • Ceres Goddesse of Corne. 112
  • Chatay. 197
  • Chorographie, what. 6
    • Howe it differeth from Cosmographie, & Geographie. 7
  • [Page]Cilicia. 193
  • Circle what, & howe it differeth from a Sphere. 17
  • Circles Arcticke, & Antartik. 37
  • Circles greater & lesser. 39
  • Circuit of th' Earth, howe to find it out. 60
  • How many English myles it conteyneth. 61.
  • Cities gouerned of the Signes & Planetes. 134
  • Cleomedes. 9
  • Climate, what. 73
    • Diuision of them after Ptolomaeus. eodem.
    • Their number. 74
    • Their names. 75
    • South Climates. 76
    • Theyr Table. 78. 79
  • Cooblentz. 181
  • Colchis. 193
  • Collen, where the Pilgrimage is to the thre kinges. 181
  • Colure circles ij. & theyr definition. 36
  • Cometes ingendred where. 42
  • Constantinople. 184
  • Contentes of the first boke. 51
  • Continens what. 113
  • Coos. 198
  • Corsica, an Ilande. 176
  • Cosmographie mete for all estates. 4
  • Cosmographie most excellent of all Scien­ces. eodem.
  • Cosmographies definition. 5
    • Howe it differeth from Geographie. 6
  • Cosmographie excelleth Geographie, and
    • Chorographie. 8
    • The principall part of it. 111
  • Cosmographicall Glasse. 120
  • Crates errour placinge the Luminaries a­boue th' eight heauen. 11
  • Crete an Ilande. 177
  • Cuba. 198
  • Cumpasse vnknowen to th' olde Hydrogra­phers. 160
  • The Cuntrey of Pygmeans. 191
  • Curua, & hir chefe cities. 163
  • Cyamba. 197
  • Cyclades Ilandes. 176
  • Cyprus. 198
D.
  • DAlmatia. 182
    • Damascus 193
  • Declination, what 28
  • Declination howe to be sought out by in­strument. 29
  • ☞ A Table of the Sonnes declination. 31
  • Democritus errour in placing of Mercury. 11.
  • Destinction of Zones. 65
  • [...] 64
  • Diameter of a Sphaere what, & howe it differeth from th' Axe tree. 15
  • Digree, what. 25
  • Digrees of Longitude of places, frō whence accompted. 58
  • Dimention, what it is. 55
  • Distaunce in myles, of diuerse places, howe to finde out. 140
  • Distaunce of places howe to finde out. 141
  • Diuersitie of opinions, touchinge th' earth bis circuit. 62
  • Diuersitie of the Sonnes declination from Ptolomaeus, to our time. 28
  • Doris, & hir chiefe places. 191
  • Drangiana. 196
E.
  • EArth, what. 43
    • Opinions of hir figure eodem
    • The myddes of it. 6
    • Obiections against hyr roundnes. 44
    • And th' answeres. 45
  • Earth, and the worlde, not one thing. 10
  • Th' Earth a stone. 45
  • Of th' Earths circuit, diuers, opinions 62
  • Th' Earth, howe to describe it in a vniuer­sall carde. 127
    • Or halfe th' Earth. 125
    • Or th' eight part. 122
    • Or one perticuler Region. 121
  • Ebbe tydes. 145
    • The cause of it. 146
    • Theyr tyme. 151
  • Ebudae, Ilandes ioyning to Irlande. 172
  • Ecliptick lyne, what. 25
  • Eclipse of the Sonne who firste founde out 97.
    • The cause of the Mone Eclipsed. eodā
    • Figures of Eclipsis. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102.
  • Elementary Region. 40
  • Elementes, why but iiij. 41
    • Theyr situation & place. eodē.
  • Eleuation of the Pole, howe to finde it. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95.
  • Emantba. eodem
  • [...] xi. Heauen. 12
  • [Page]Englande, & hir principall cities. 173. 174.
  • Englshie myles, what they conteine in the length. 56
    • Howe many barlie cornes therto answe­reth. eodem.
  • Epact howe to finde it. 148
  • Ephesus. 191
  • Epirus, & hir chiefe Places. 183
  • Eubae, an Ilande. 177
  • Euclides Elementaries. 5
  • [...] 64
  • Europe, wherof it toke that name. 170
    • The description of it. 171
    • The Bignes of it. eodem.
F.
  • FIgures of the Moone Eclipsed. 98
    • Florence. 182
  • Fountaynes of marueylous nature. 175
  • Fortunate Ilandes, the first digree of Lon­gitude. 58
    • Their number. 188
  • Fourlong, a kinde of measure, and his quan titie. 56
  • Fraunce, & hyr description. 178
  • Fretum, what. 144
  • Frosen zones two. 66
  • Fruites of well spent time. 2
G
  • GAdira, an Ilande. 177
    • Gaditanum fretum, where 184
  • Galenus countrey 191
  • Gelilo 198
  • Galitia, & hir Cities 191
  • Gazophilacion Astronomicum. 89
  • Gedrosia 196
  • Gemma Phrisus way to finde the Longi­tude of places 109
  • Geographie, what it is. 5
    • Howe it differeth from Cosmographie. 6
  • Geographicall plainsphere. 137
  • Geometrie ned full in Cosmographie. 4
  • Germany, & hyr description. 189
  • Germane myles, both commen & great, & the quantitie. 56. 57
  • Giantes Ilande. 202
  • Glarians errour. 59
    • His way to finde the Noonesteade lyne. 82.
  • Grene Iland. 202
H
  • HAppie men. 1
    • Hayle ingendred where. 42
  • Heauenly Region conteine x. Heauens. 10
    • Th' eyghte, nine, and tenne Heauen, who founde them out. 12
  • Hecla, a burnyng Hill. 175
  • Hell, where. 82
  • Helga, an Hill in Islande. eodem
  • Helicon, the holy Hill 184
  • Heluetian myles. 57
  • Hemisphere of th' Earth, how to be drawen in a Carte. 125
  • Hercules Pillers, or Columnes. 58
  • Heydelberge. 181
  • Hierusalem. 194
  • Hippocrates cuntry. 198
  • Hircania, and hir chiefe cities. 195
  • Hilles, the greatest in all tb' Earth. 44.
  • Heteroscij. 70
  • Homerus cuntrye. 191
  • Horizont Circle, what. 18
    • Diuided in two partes. 19
    • Th' vse of the Horizont. 24
  • Horizont diuided into. 32. Partes. 156
  • Hote windes from the South, & the cause. 158.
  • Houre of the daye knowen by the coast of the Sonne. 157. 158
I.
  • IAcobus Staffe. 105
    • Iamaica. 198
  • Iberia, & hir chiefe Cities. 193
  • Idumea, & hir Cities. 194
  • Ilande, what. 112
  • Ilandes in Europe from. 172. vnto. 178.
    • In Africke. 188
  • In Asia. 198
  • In America. 201. 202
  • Illium. 191
  • Illyria. 182
  • Infortunate men. 1
  • India within Gangis. 196
  • Soutb India. 198
  • ☞ An Instrument seruing to the descri­bing of a Cuntrey. 136
  • ☞ An Instrument seruynge to Nauiga­tion. 162
  • Iohn Faustus first founde out Printinge. 181.
  • Iohn Halifax called, De sacro bosco. 14
  • [Page]Irlande, & hir description. 172
    • It hath plentie of Alume, sea Cole, and Wolues. eodem
  • It is without venamous wormes and beast eodem.
  • Island and her description 175. 176
  • Isthmus what. 113
  • Italy and her chief Cities. 182
  • Italian miles. 56
  • Iucatan 198
  • India. 194
  • Iaua the greater. 198
  • Iaua the lesser. eodem
L
  • LAc á kingdome. 198
    • Lacus. what. 144
  • Lactantius petulancye. 38
  • Laodicina and her cities. 194
  • Laponto. 202
  • Latitude of regions, what. 59
  • Latitude of Regions howe to find out from 91. Vnto. 95
  • Length of miles. 56
  • ☞ A leque what it conteineth. eodem
  • Licaonia & her Cities. 191
  • Line what it is. 55.
  • Line Eclipticke. 25
  • London, howe longe builded before Rome 173. before Cbristes Incarnation. 174
  • Longitude taken two waies. 58
  • Of Longitudes of places, where the first de­gree is placed. eodem
  • Longitude of regions how to finde out son­dry waies from. 103
    • Vnto. 108
  • Loode sterre and his configuration. 166
  • Louaine. 180
  • ☞ S. Lukes Country. 193
  • Lybia interior. 187
  • Lydia. 191
  • Lyra. 82
M
  • MAcedonia and her description. 183
    • Madagascar an Iland. 188
  • Mahometes Sepulcher, where. 194
  • Making of perticuler cardes, by Longitude and Latitude. 116. 117
  • ☞ Without Longitude and Latitude. 137. 138.
  • Mangi. 197
  • Maiorica & Minorica Ilandes. 176.
  • A Mappe for one Region. 120
  • A Mappe for th' eight part of th' earth. 122
  • A Mappe for halfe th' earth. 125
  • A Mappe for all th' earth. 127
  • Mare mortuum. 144
  • Mare congelatum. eodem
  • Marmarica. 187
  • Margiana. 195
  • Mauritania Tingitana, and her descripti­on. 185
  • Mauritania Caesariensis. 187
  • Measures of diuers sortes and quantitye. eodem.
  • Medera an Iland. 188
  • Media and her cities. 195
  • Men moost happy. 1
  • Men moost infortunate. eodem
  • Mentz. 181
  • Meroë and her description. 187
  • Meridian circle, what. 21
  • The vse of the Meridian. 24
  • Meridian line howe to finde it. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88.
  • Meridionall signes. 26
  • Mesopotamia. 194
  • Middle earth seas. 143
  • Miles of diuers countries, and their quan­titie. 56
  • Myllan. 182
  • Minute, what. 25
  • Moabar. 198
  • Moones age howe to finde it at all times. 147.
  • Moones shining euery month. 149
  • What coste of the Moone make full Seas in the chefe costes of this our Ocean. 151
  • Of Mone Eclipsed, what is the cause. 97
  • Figures of her Eclipses. 98
  • Morfuli. 198
  • Moscouia and the nature of the people. 182
  • Mount Sinay. 194
N
  • NAplis. 182
    • Neadle and his praise. 160
    • Where it haue erred. 160
    • How to correct it. 161
  • Neptunus God of the seas. 112. 159
  • Nicaea. 191
  • Niniue. 195
  • North Pole and his configuration. 166
  • Norwich subiect to fire. 174
    • Her picture set out. 8
  • [Page]North windes cold and the cause. 158
  • [...] 64
  • Numidia and her chiefe places. 187
O
  • Ocean seas. what. 143
  • Olimpus a famous hill. 44. 191
  • Oracles where geuen to the Gretians. 184.
  • Orchney Ilandes. 171
  • Orontius. 5
  • Obseruations of the Neadle, where it haue erred. 161
  • Ouides versis for the placing of the Sphere of the Sonne. 11
    • The North Pole to be aboue the Hori­zont. 37
    • The signes to ascend and descend equally vnder th' equinoctiall. 32
    • The diuision of Zones. 66
  • Oxford. 174
P
  • PAdua. 182
    • Palus, what. 144
  • Pamphilia. 191.
  • Paris. 189
  • Paradise, where. 82
    • Contention of the deuines touchinge it.
    • Loke in the praeface.
  • Pargamus. 191.
  • [...] 73
  • A Parallele what, and their numbre. 74
    • Their Table. 78. 79
  • Persia. 195
  • Parthia. eodem
  • Peninsula what. 113
  • Perticuler cardes made. ij. waies. 115
  • Peru. 200
  • Phaenitia. 193
  • Phaenix an hill. 191
  • Philonicus what it signifieth. 3
  • Places dictaunce how to find out. 140. 141
  • Planets haue. ij. declinations. 28
    • A plat forme what, and how many waies spoken. 55
  • Plato. 9
    • His erroure in the placing of the lumina­res. eodem.
      • A poynt, what. 55
  • Poynt vertical, what. 60
  • Pole of the Horizont. 21. 60
  • Poles eleuation how to finde oute. 91 92. 93. 94. 95.
  • Polybius erroure touchinge the numbre of Zones. 65
  • Pontus and her chiefe places. 191
  • Porto sancto an Iland. 188
  • Prasia. 196
  • Printing first found, where. 181
  • Ptolomaeus. 2
    • He first found out the. 9. heauen. 12
    • His rule seruing to the obseruing of alti­tudes. 88
    • He excused. 118. 169
  • Pygmeans country. 191
  • Physick who first found it oute. 2
  • Pythagoras error, touching vacuum. 9
  • Pythia. 184
Q
  • QVadrate an instrumente of Nauigati­on. 162
  • Qualitie of windes. 158. 159
  • Quantitie of measures used in demensiō. 56
  • Quiola. 187
R
  • REd seas. 143. 194
    • Region elementary. 40
    • The heauenly Regiō cōtein. x. spheres. 10
  • Regions gouerned of the signes and Pla­nets. 134
  • Regions Longitude, how to find it out. 103
  • Vnto. 108
  • Regions Latitude, how to find out. 91
  • Vnto. 95
  • Reward of learning in old time. 111
  • Rome. 182
  • Rio de grande. 202
  • Rio. S. Iacobi. eodem
  • Rio de. S. Lucia. eodem
  • Riqua the greater. eodem
  • Riqua the lesser. eodem
S
  • SAmaria. 194
    • Sardinia with her Cities and Townes. eodem.
  • Sheubelius Algeber. 5
  • Scotland, and her description. 174. 175
  • Scotora. 198
  • Scythia without the hill Imaus. 195
  • Seas and her diuision. 143
  • Sepulcher of Mahomet. 194
  • Shipmans Neadle whan it erre to correcte it. 161
  • Shipmans compasse vnknowne to the olde Hydrographers. 160
  • Shippe out of her course howe to come in it againe. 166
  • Shadowes and ther diuersitie. 69. 70
    • A Table of Shadowes. 72
  • Sicilia an Iland with her chiefe places. 176
  • [Page]Sidon. 193
    • A signe, what. 25
  • Signes Meridionall. 26
  • Signes Septentrionall. eodem
  • Sinus, what. 143
  • Smyrna. 191
  • Snow ingendred, where. 42
  • Sogdiana. 195
  • Somer Tropicke. 33
  • Sonnes sphere in what order placed. 11
    • Errours touchinge the same. eodem
    • The Sonne haue. ij. declinations. 28. 93
    • A Table of his declination. 31. 32
    • Whan he is in the tropick poyntes, or E­quinoctiall. 53
  • Sonnes rising and settinge throughe all the yeare. 148
  • South India. 198
  • South Pole and his configuration. 166
  • South windes hote, and the cause. 158
  • Sparades Ilandei. 177
  • Spagnolla. 202
  • Spaine and her description. 177
  • Sphere, what. 14
    • Diuided in two partes. 16
  • Shere haue. x. Circles. 18
  • Spoudaeus, what it do the signifie 3
  • Spring tides. 145
  • Strausborough. 181
  • [...] what and wherof so called. 56
  • Stagnum what. 144
  • Sulphur where great plenty. 175
  • Syria and her Cities. 193
T
  • TAble of fixed sterres. 27
  • Table of the sonnes declination. 31
  • Table of shadowes. 72
  • Table of Climates. 78. 79
  • Table for tourninge houres of the daye into degr. & min. of th' equinoctiall. 104
  • Tabrobana. 198
  • Terestriall globe. 114
  • Theodosius. 5
  • Thinges sene longer in mìnde, then onlye harde. 7
  • S. Thomas Iland. 187
  • Tides both spring and ebbe 143
  • Ther cause. 146
  • Time the greatest treasure. 1
  • The frutes of time well spent. 2
  • Time bring all thinges to perfection. 3
  • Times of the yeare, where they take theyr beginning. 35
  • Time tedious. 142
  • Times of ebbing and flowing. 151
  • Tingitana mauritania. 185
  • Trallis. 191
  • Tropicke circles. 33
  • Somer tropicke, what. eodem
  • Winter Tropicke. 34
  • Tyrus. 193
V
  • Venemous beastes and wormes not in Ire­land. 172
  • Africke abound therewith. 184
  • Vertical poynt, what. 21. 60
  • Vesandrea. 198
W
  • Winter tropicke, what. 34
  • Windes what. 153
  • And ther numbre. 153. 154
  • Windes tēperat vnder th' equinoctial. 159
  • World what it is. 9
  • The world & earth not oue thing eodem
  • The world made of. ij. cartes. 9
Z
  • Zenit, what. 21. 60
  • Zodiacke, what. 22
  • Zodiakes vse. 26
  • Zone, what. 63
  • Ther numbre. 64
  • Ther qualities. 66. 67.
  • That they are all habitable. 67. 68
  • Zones deuided into climats & paralleles. 73
FINIS.

Faultes escaped in the Imprinting.

Fol. 2. the vi. lyne, Ingens, reade Engeins.

Fol. 25. th' eightene lyne, goeth ouerthwart them, read, goeth ouerthwart the Sphere.

Fol. 69. the xxi. lyne, Zolstitii, reade Solstitii.

Fol. 121. the last lyne, whose compasse, read whose compositiō is in this wise. De­scribe a Circle with your compasse.

Fol. 189. the ii. columbe, the last lyne, it exten- reade, it extendeth.

¶ AN EXTRACTE OF THE QVENES highnes gracious Priuiledge, & Licence.

ELIZABETH by the grace of God Quene of Englande, Fraunce, and Ire­lande, defendour of the faith &c.

To all maner of Printers, Booke sel­lers, and other our Officers, Ministers, and subiectes: greatyng. VVe do you to vnderstand, that of our grace especiall, we haue graunted, & geuen priuiledge and licence: And by these presentes for vs, our heyres, and successors do graunt and gyue Priuiledge and Lycence, vnto our welbeloued subiect Iohn Day, of the citie of London, Printer, and Stationer, and to his assi­gnes for the terme of his life, to Imprint, or cause to be Imprinted, as well the Cosmographicall Glasse, compiled by VVilliam Cuningham Doctor in Physicke, as also durynge the tyme of vij. yeares, all suche Bookes, and workes, as he hath Imprinted, or herafter shall Imprint, being diuised, compiled, or set out by any learned man, at the procure­ment, costes, & charge, only of the said Iohn Day. Straitly forbiddyng and commaunding by these presentes, all and singuler our subiectes, as well Printers, & Bookesellers, as all other persons within our Real­mes & Dominions, what so euer they be, in any maner of wise, to Im­print, or cause to be Imprinted, any of the aforesaid Bookes, that the said Iohn Day shall by authoritie of this our licence, imprint, or cause to be imprinted, or any part of them: But onely the said Iohn Day, and his assignes, vpon payne of our hyghe indignation. And that euery of­fendor therin shall forfaite to our vse fourtie shillinges of lawfull mo­ney of Englande, for euery such Book or Bookes, at any time so Prin­ted contrary to the true meanyng of this oure present Licence, and Priuiledge: Ouer and besides all suche Booke, or Bookes so Printed, to be forfayted to whom so euer shall sustayne the charges, & sue the sayd forfaiture in our behalfe. &c.

[figure]

¶ Imprinted at London by Iohn Day, dwellyng ouer Aldersgate, be­neath Saint Martins. 1559.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.